CFD Module: Model Library Manual
CFD Module: Model Library Manual
Contact Information
Visit the Contact COMSOL page at www.comsol.com/contact to submit general
inquiries, contact Technical Support, or search for an address and phone number. You can
also visit the Worldwide Sales Offices page at www.comsol.com/contact/offices for
address and contact information.
If you need to contact Support, an online request form is located at the COMSOL Access
page at www.comsol.com/support/case.
Ai r f lo w O v e r an A h m ed Bod y
Introduction
This model describes how to calculate the turbulent flow field around a simple car-like
geometry using the CFD Module’s Turbulent Flow, k-ε physics interface. Detailed
instructions guide you through the different steps of the modeling process in
COMSOL Multiphysics.
Model Definition
The Ahmed body represents a simplified, ground vehicle geometry of a bluff body
type. Its shape is simple enough to allow for accurate flow simulation but retains some
important practical features relevant to automobile bodies. The geometry was first
defined by Ahmed, who also measured its aerodynamic properties in wind-tunnel
experiments (Ref. 1). Further experiments have also been performed by Lienhart and
Becker (Ref. 2). The Ahmed body has become a popular benchmark case for RANS
models (Ref. 3).
GEOMETRY
The Ahmed body is presented in Figure 1. The total length (L) of the body is 1.044 m
from front to end. It is 0.288 m in height and 0.389 m in width. Cylindrical legs
0.05 m in length are attached to the bottom surface. The angle of the rear slanting
surface is typically varied between 0 and 40 degrees. This particular geometry has a
slant angle of 25 degrees, which is the same slant angle used in Ref. 3.
Length
Width
Height
Outlet Slip
8L
Symmetry
Wall function L
2L
Inlet
2L
TU R B U L E N C E M O D E L
The Reynolds number based on the length of the body, L, and the inlet velocity is
2.77·106 which means that the flow is turbulent. The k-ε turbulence model will be
applied to account for the turbulence. The k-ε turbulence model is described in
Theory for the Turbulent Flow Interfaces in the CFD Module User’s Guide.
BOUNDARY CONDITIONS
Air enters the computational domain at a freestream velocity u∞=40 m/s normal to the
inlet surface. Experimental inlet conditions from Ref. 3 are used for the velocity and
turbulent kinetic energy. To obtain a condition for ε, Ref. 3 suggests to set μT=10·μ at
the inlet. At the outlet, a Pressure condition is applied.
The floor of the flow domain and surface of the Ahmed body are described by wall
functions. Wall functions could also be applied to the outer wall and the ceiling of the
wind tunnel. Their main effect on the flow around the body is however to keep the
flow contained, and it will therefore suffice to model them as slip walls. The
temperature is assumed to be 293 K and the reference pressure is 1 atm.
MESHING
A common mesh size in Ref. 3 is half a million cells for simulations with wall functions.
However, those simulations do not include the stilts (the legs that support the body),
and the computational domains are smaller. Hence, you can expect to need an even
larger mesh in this simulation to resolve the flow. How large is however difficult to
know in advance.
There are two important aspects of the meshing. The first is to resolve the flow in the
wake. To achieve this, additional mesh control entities are introduced in the geometry.
These entities are advantageous to normal geometrical entities since they are removed
whence they are completely meshed. A smoothing algorithm will then smooth the
mesh locally in order to minimize gradients in the mesh size. Also, it is easier to
introduce boundary layer mesh when the control entities are removed.
F- ρu ∞ 2
------ = C D ----------- (1)
Ap 2
where F is the total drag force on the body, Ap is area of the body projected on a plane
perpendicular to the flow direction (that is, the xz-plane), ρ is the density
(approximately equal to 1.2 kg/m3), and u∞ is the freestream velocity (equal to 40 m/
s). Ap can be calculated from geometrical data and is equal to 0.115 m2 including the
stilts. The contributions to CD are commonly reported as the pressure coefficients on
front, slant, and base and the skin friction drag coefficient. These numbers are given in
Table 1. Note that the numbers given by the postprocessing tools correspond to half
the body, and hence, Ap must be replaced by Ap/2 when calculating the entries of
Table 1.
TABLE 1: DRAG COEFFICIENTS
The pressure coefficient on the front is too high and the skin friction too low. Ref. 4
uses two different versions of the k-e model and two different wall function
formulations and all combinations show this behavior. It can probably be attributed to
the fact that wall functions are not very good at predicting the transition observed in
the experiments to take place on the front and roof of the body.
The low value of the slant pressure drag coefficient can be understood by looking at
Figure 3, which shows streamlines in the symmetry plane. Experimental results
indicate that the flow along the slant is attached almost everywhere and that there are
two small recirculation regions behind the base. The computational results capture this
behavior, but the extent of the recirculation zones is somewhat overpredicted. The
pressure drag coefficient, especially for the slant, is very sensitive to the exact shape and
location of the recirculation regions.
Figure 4 shows a 3D plot of the streamlines behind the Ahmed body. The thickness of
the lines is given by the turbulent kinetic energy. The most notable feature of the flow
field is an “empty” region behind the body. The streamlines on the edge of the region
are thick but with low velocity magnitude. This region is constituted of the
recirculation vortices visible in Figure 3. The region ends when vortices from the
trailing edges of the body merge into two counter rotating vortices (only one vortex
is visible because the other vortex is on the other side of the symmetry plane).
Figure 4: Streamlines behind the Ahmed body. The streamlines are colored by the velocity
magnitude and their thickness is proportional to the turbulent kinetic energy.
More details are visible in Figure 5 and Figure 6, which show arrow plots of the
velocity in the xz-plane 80 mm and 200 mm downstream of the body, respectively.
The flow pattern 80 mm downstream of the body shows two major vortices, one
emanating from the outer edge of the slant and one emanating from the interaction
between the floor and the stilts. The flow is qualitatively equal to the experimental
results (Ref. 2). There are however quantitative differences. The upper vortex is smaller
compared to experiments while the lower vortex is more pronounced than in the
experiments.
The flow pattern 200 mm downstream of the body shows that one major vortex is
beginning to form but remains of the separate vortices can still be detected. The
formation is, however, not proceeded as far as in the experiments.
In conclusion, the major features of the flow are well captured by the k-ε model, but
there are details that deviate from experimental data. This finding is in agreement with
other RANS simulations of the Ahmed body (Ref. 3).
References
1. S.R. Ahmed, G. Ramm, and G. Faltin, “Some Salient Features of the
Time-Averaged Ground Vehicle Wake,” SAE Technical Paper 840300, 1984.
4. T.J. Craft, S.E. Gant, H. Iacovides, B.E. Launder, and C.M.E. Robinson,
“Computational Study of Flow Around the ‘Ahmed’ Car Body”, 9th ERCOFTAC/
IAHR Workshop on Refined Turbulence Modelling, 2001.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 3D.
2 In the Select physics tree, select Fluid Flow>Single-Phase Flow>Turbulent
Flow>Turbulent Flow, k-ε (spf).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies>Stationary.
6 Click Done.
DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 On the Model toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
Interpolation 1 (int1)
1 On the Model toolbar, click Functions and choose Global>Interpolation.
2 In the Settings window for Interpolation, locate the Definition section.
3 From the Data source list, choose File.
4 Click Browse.
5 Browse to the model’s Model Library folder and double-click the file
ahmed_body_Uin.txt.
6 Click Import.
7 Find the Functions subsection. In the table, enter the following settings:
8 Locate the Interpolation and Extrapolation section. From the Extrapolation list,
choose Specific value.
9 Locate the Units section. In the Arguments text field, type m.
10 In the Function text field, type m/s.
Interpolation 2 (int2)
1 On the Model toolbar, click Functions and choose Global>Interpolation.
2 In the Settings window for Interpolation, locate the Definition section.
3 From the Data source list, choose File.
4 Click Browse.
5 Browse to the model’s Model Library folder and double-click the file
ahmed_body_Vin.txt.
6 Click Import.
7 Find the Functions subsection. In the table, enter the following settings:
Interpolation 3 (int3)
1 On the Model toolbar, click Functions and choose Global>Interpolation.
2 In the Settings window for Interpolation, locate the Definition section.
3 From the Data source list, choose File.
4 Click Browse.
5 Browse to the model’s Model Library folder and double-click the file
ahmed_body_Win.txt.
6 Click Import.
7 Find the Functions subsection. In the table, enter the following settings:
8 Locate the Interpolation and Extrapolation section. From the Extrapolation list,
choose Specific value.
9 Locate the Units section. In the Arguments text field, type m.
10 In the Function text field, type m/s.
Interpolation 4 (int4)
1 On the Model toolbar, click Functions and choose Global>Interpolation.
2 In the Settings window for Interpolation, locate the Definition section.
3 From the Data source list, choose File.
4 Click Browse.
5 Browse to the model’s Model Library folder and double-click the file
ahmed_body_kin.txt.
6 Click Import.
7 Find the Functions subsection. In the table, enter the following settings:
GEOMETRY 1
Import 1 (imp1)
1 On the Model toolbar, click Import.
2 In the Settings window for Import, locate the Import section.
3 Click Browse.
4 Browse to the model’s Model Library folder and double-click the file
ahmed_body.mphbin.
5 Click Import.
6 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Block 1 (blk1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Block.
2 In the Settings window for Block, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type 2*L.
4 In the Depth text field, type 8*L.
5 In the Height text field, type 2*L.
6 Locate the Position section. In the x text field, type -L.
7 In the y text field, type -2*L.
8 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Geometry 1>Block 1 (blk1) and choose Build
Selected.
9 Click the Go to Default 3D View button on the Graphics toolbar.
Block 2 (blk2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Block.
2 In the Settings window for Block, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type L.
4 In the Depth text field, type 8*L.
Difference 1 (dif1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Difference.
2 Select the object blk1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Difference, locate the Difference section.
4 Find the Objects to subtract subsection. Select the Active toggle button.
5 Select the objects blk2 and imp1 only.
6 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Geometry 1>Difference 1 (dif1) and choose Build
Selected.
Cylinder 1 (cyl1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Cylinder.
2 In the Settings window for Cylinder, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Radius text field, type 2.2*L.
4 In the Height text field, type L.
5 Locate the Position section. In the y text field, type 0.2*L.
6 In the z text field, type -0.1*L.
7 Locate the Axis section. From the Axis type list, choose x-axis.
Union 1 (uni1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Union.
2 Select the objects dif1 and del1 only.
3 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Geometry 1>Union 1 (uni1) and choose Build
Selected.
Hexahedron 1
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click More Primitives and choose Hexahedron.
2 In the Settings window for Hexahedron, locate the Vertices section.
3 In row 1, set y to L, and set z to Cl.
4 In row 2, set y to 2*L, and set z to Cl.
5 In row 3, set x to D/2, set y to 2*L, and set z to Cl.
6 In row 4, set x to D/2, set y to L, and set z to Cl.
7 In row 5, set y to L, and set z to Sb.
8 In row 6, set y to 2*L, and set z to Sb.
9 In row 7, set x to D/2, set y to 2*L, and set z to Sb.
10 In row 8, set x to D/2, set y to L, and set z to Sb.
Hexahedron 2
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click More Primitives and choose Hexahedron.
2 In the Settings window for Hexahedron, locate the Vertices section.
3 In row 1, set y to L, and set z to Sb.
4 In row 2, set y to 2*L, and set z to Sb.
5 In row 3, set x to D/2, set y to 2*L, and set z to Sb.
6 In row 4, set x to D/2, set y to L, and set z to Sb.
7 In row 5, set y to L, and set z to H_body+Cl+0.01[m].
8 In row 6, set y to 2*L, and set z to H_body+Cl+0.01[m].
9 In row 7, set x to D/2, set y to 2*L, and set z to H_body+Cl+0.01[m].
Hexahedron 3
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click More Primitives and choose Hexahedron.
2 In the Settings window for Hexahedron, locate the Vertices section.
3 In row 1, set y to L, and set z to Sb.
4 In row 2, set y to L, and set z to H_body+Cl+0.01[m].
5 In row 3, set x to D/2, set y to L, and set z to H_body+Cl+0.01[m].
6 In row 4, set x to D/2, set y to L, and set z to Sb.
7 In row 5, set y to Rl, and set z to H_body+Cl.
8 In row 6, set y to Rl, and set z to H_body+Cl+0.01[m].
9 In row 7, set x to D/2, set y to Rl, and set z to H_body+Cl+0.01[m].
10 In row 8, set x to D/2, set y to Rl, and set z to H_body+Cl.
Union 2 (uni2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Union.
2 Select the objects hex1, hex2, and hex3 only.
3 In the Settings window for Union, locate the Union section.
4 Clear the Keep interior boundaries check box.
7 Click the Transparency button on the Graphics toolbar to return to the default state.
The model geometry is now complete.
DEFINITIONS
Explicit 1
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Explicit.
2 In the Settings window for Explicit, locate the Input Entities section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
4 Click the Select Box button on the Graphics toolbar.
5 Select Boundaries 5–11 and 13–16 only.
6 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Definitions>Explicit 1 and choose Rename.
7 In the Rename Explicit dialog box, type Body in the New label text field.
8 Click OK.
9 Click the Transparency button on the Graphics toolbar.
ADD MATERIAL
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Material to open the Add Material window.
2 Go to the Add Material window.
Wall 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Wall.
2 In the Settings window for Wall, locate the Boundary Condition section.
3 From the Boundary condition list, choose Slip.
4 Select Boundaries 4 and 17 only.
Symmetry 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Symmetry.
2 Select Boundary 1 only.
Inlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 2 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Turbulence Conditions section.
4 Click the Specify turbulence variables button.
5 In the k0 text field, type kin(x,z).
6 In the ε0 text field, type spf.C_mu*kin(x,z)^2*spf.rho/
(10*1.814e-5[Pa*s]).
Uin(x,z) x
Vin(x,z) y
Win(x,z) z
Outlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Outlet.
2 Select Boundary 12 only.
MESH 1
Size
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Mesh 1 and
choose Edit Physics-Induced Sequence.
2 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 click Size.
3 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
4 Click the Custom button.
5 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. In the Maximum element size text field,
type 0.1.
6 In the Minimum element size text field, type 0.0025.
7 In the Curvature factor text field, type 0.4.
8 In the Resolution of narrow regions text field, type 0.5.
Size 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 click Size 1.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Geometric Entity Selection section.
3 Click Clear Selection.
4 Select Boundaries 23, 25, and 27 only.
5 Locate the Element Size section. Click the Custom button.
6 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. Select the Maximum element size check
box.
7 In the associated text field, type 0.05.
8 Click the Build Selected button.
Size 2
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Size.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Geometric Entity Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
4 Select Boundary 3 only.
5 Locate the Element Size section. Click the Custom button.
6 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. Select the Maximum element size check
box.
7 In the associated text field, type 0.035.
Size 3
1 Right-click Mesh 1 and choose Size.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Geometric Entity Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
4 Select Boundaries 10 and 11 only.
5 Locate the Element Size section. Click the Custom button.
6 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. Select the Maximum element size check
box.
7 In the associated text field, type 0.01.
Size 4
1 Right-click Mesh 1 and choose Size.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Geometric Entity Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
4 Select Boundaries 5–9, 13, and 16 only.
5 Locate the Element Size section. Click the Custom button.
6 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. Select the Maximum element size check
box.
7 In the associated text field, type 0.02.
Size 5
1 Right-click Mesh 1 and choose Size.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Geometric Entity Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Edge.
4 Select Edges 35 and 36 only.
5 Locate the Element Size section. Click the Custom button.
6 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. Select the Maximum element size check
box.
7 In the associated text field, type 0.01.
Free Tetrahedral 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 right-click Corner
Refinement 1 and choose Disable.
2 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 click Free
Tetrahedral 1.
3 In the Settings window for Free Tetrahedral, locate the Domain Selection section.
4 Click Clear Selection.
5 Select Domain 3 only.
Size 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Free Tetrahedral 1 and choose Size.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
3 Click the Custom button.
4 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. Select the Maximum element growth rate
check box.
5 In the associated text field, type 1.03.
Free Tetrahedral 1
Right-click Free Tetrahedral 1 and choose Build Selected.
Free Tetrahedral 2
1 Right-click Mesh 1 and choose Free Tetrahedral.
2 In the Settings window for Free Tetrahedral, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
4 Select Domain 1 only.
5 Click the Build Selected button.
Boundary Layers 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 click Boundary
Layers 1.
2 In the Settings window for Boundary Layers, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 Click Clear Selection.
4 Select Domain 1 only.
2 In the Settings window for Boundary Layer Properties, locate the Boundary Layer
Properties section.
3 In the Number of boundary layers text field, type 6.
4 In the Thickness adjustment factor text field, type 1.5.
Boundary Layers 1
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 right-click Boundary
Layers 1 and choose Build Selected.
Swept 1
1 Right-click Mesh 1 and choose Swept.
2 In the Settings window for Swept, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
4 Select Domain 2 only.
Distribution 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Swept 1 and choose Distribution.
2 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
3 From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined distribution type.
4 In the Number of elements text field, type 28.
5 In the Element ratio text field, type 6.
6 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Free Tetrahedral.
7 Right-click Mesh 1 and choose Build All.
8 In the Model Builder window, collapse the Mesh 1 node.
COMPONENT 1 (COMP1)
On the Mesh toolbar, click Add Mesh.
MESH 2
Reference 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Meshes right-click Mesh 2
and choose More Operations>Reference.
2 In the Settings window for Reference, locate the Reference section.
3 From the Mesh list, choose Mesh 1.
Scale 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Meshes>Mesh 2>Reference 1 and choose Scale.
COMPONENT 1 (COMP1)
On the Mesh toolbar, click Add Mesh.
MESH 3
Reference 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Meshes right-click Mesh 3
and choose More Operations>Reference.
2 In the Settings window for Reference, locate the Reference section.
3 From the Mesh list, choose Mesh 2.
Scale 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Meshes>Mesh 3>Reference 1 and choose Scale.
2 In the Settings window for Scale, locate the Scale section.
3 In the Element size scale text field, type 2.
4 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 3 and choose Build All.
5 In the Model Builder window, collapse the Mesh 3 node.
COMPONENT 1 (COMP1)
1 In the Model Builder window, collapse the Component 1 (comp1)>Meshes node.
Show advanced study options to be able to apply the manual multigrid levels.
2 In the Model Builder window’s toolbar, click the Show button and select Advanced
Study Options in the menu.
STUDY 1
Step 1: Stationary
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1 node.
2 Right-click Step 1: Stationary and choose Multigrid Level.
3 In the Settings window for Multigrid Level, locate the Mesh Selection section.
Geometry Mesh
Geometry 1 mesh2
5 In the Model Builder window, right-click Step 1: Stationary and choose Multigrid
Level.
Solution 1
1 On the Study toolbar, click Show Default Solver.
2 In the Model Builder window, expand the Solution 1 node.
3 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution
1>Stationary Solver 1>Iterative 1 node, then click Multigrid 1.
4 In the Settings window for Multigrid, locate the General section.
5 From the Hierarchy generation method list, choose Manual.
6 In the Model Builder window, collapse the Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution
1>Stationary Solver 1>Iterative 1 node.
7 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution
1>Stationary Solver 1>Iterative 2 node, then click Multigrid 1.
8 In the Settings window for Multigrid, locate the General section.
9 From the Hierarchy generation method list, choose Manual.
10 In the Model Builder window, collapse the Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution
1>Stationary Solver 1>Iterative 2 node.
11 In the Model Builder window, collapse the Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution
1>Stationary Solver 1 node.
12 In the Model Builder window, collapse the Solution 1 node.
13 On the Study toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
Velocity (spf)
It is advisable to disable the automatic plot update when working with large 3D
models.
Investigate the lift-off in viscous units to verify that the wall resolution is sufficient.
RESULTS
Velocity (spf)
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Velocity (spf) node, then click Slice
1.
2 In the Settings window for Slice, locate the Plane Data section.
3 From the Entry method list, choose Coordinates.
4 In the x-coordinates text field, type 0.15.
5 On the 3D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
The slice plot of the velocity clearly shows the recirculation zone behind the body. The
result looks smooth which further supports the assumption that the resolution is
acceptable.
To evaluate the input to calculate the entries in Table 1, perform the following steps:
RESULTS
Derived Values
1 On the Results toolbar, click More Derived Values and choose Integration>Surface
Integration.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Integration, locate the Expression section.
3 In the Expression text field, type nymesh*p.
4 Select Boundaries 5–7 and 13 only.
5 Click the Evaluate button.
6 Locate the Selection section. Click Clear Selection.
7 Select Boundary 10 only.
8 Click the Evaluate button.
9 Click Clear Selection.
10 Select Boundary 11 only.
The wall function expression will be used directly for maximum accuracy.
19 Click the Evaluate button.
RESULTS
The following steps reproduce Figure 3:
Data Sets
1 On the Results toolbar, click More Data Sets and choose Surface.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Parameterization section.
3 From the x- and y-axes list, choose yz-plane.
4 Select Boundary 1 only.
2D Plot Group 4
1 On the Results toolbar, click 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Data set list, choose Surface 3.
4 Right-click Results>2D Plot Group 4 and choose Streamline.
5 In the Settings window for Streamline, locate the Expression section.
6 In the x component text field, type v.
7 In the y component text field, type w.
8 Locate the Streamline Positioning section. In the Points text field, type 31.
9 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
Data Sets
1 On the Results toolbar, click More Data Sets and choose Solution.
2 On the Results toolbar, click Selection.
3 In the Settings window for Selection, locate the Geometric Entity Selection section.
4 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
5 From the Selection list, choose Body.
6 Select Boundaries 3, 5–11, and 13–16 only.
3D Plot Group 5
1 On the Results toolbar, click 3D Plot Group.
2 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click 3D Plot Group 5 and choose
Surface.
3 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Data section.
4 From the Data set list, choose Study 1/Solution 1 (2).
5 Locate the Expression section. In the Expression text field, type 1.
6 Locate the Coloring and Style section. Clear the Color legend check box.
7 From the Coloring list, choose Uniform.
8 From the Color list, choose Gray.
9 Clear the Plot data set edges check box.
10 Right-click Results>3D Plot Group 5 and choose Streamline.
11 In the Settings window for Streamline, locate the Streamline Positioning section.
12 From the Positioning list, choose Start point controlled.
13 From the Entry method list, choose Coordinates.
14 In the x text field, type range(0.01,0.03,0.16) range(0.01,0.03,0.16)
range(0.01,0.03,0.16) range(0.01,0.03,0.16) range(0.01,0.03,0.16).
15 In the y text field, type -0.5*L.
16 In the z text field, type 0.02*1^range(1,6) 0.08*1^range(1,6)
0.14*1^range(1,6) 0.2*1^range(1,6) 0.26*1^range(1,6).
17 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Line type list, choose Tube.
18 In the Tube radius expression text field, type k*1[s^2/m].
19 Select the Radius scale factor check box.
20 In the associated text field, type 3e-4.
21 Right-click Results>3D Plot Group 5>Streamline 1 and choose Color Expression.
Data Sets
1 On the Results toolbar, click Cut Plane.
2 In the Settings window for Cut Plane, locate the Plane Data section.
3 From the Plane list, choose zx-planes.
4 In the y-coordinate text field, type L+0.08.
5 On the Results toolbar, click Cut Plane.
6 In the Settings window for Cut Plane, locate the Plane Data section.
7 From the Plane list, choose zx-planes.
8 In the y-coordinate text field, type L+0.2.
3D Plot Group 6
1 On the Results toolbar, click 3D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 3D Plot Group, locate the Plot Settings section.
3 Clear the Plot data set edges check box.
3D Plot Group 6
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results>3D Plot Group 5 right-click Surface 1 and
choose Copy.
2 Right-click 3D Plot Group 6 and choose Paste Surface.
3 Right-click 3D Plot Group 6 and choose Arrow Surface.
4 In the Settings window for Arrow Surface, locate the Data section.
5 From the Data set list, choose Cut Plane 1.
6 Locate the Expression section. In the y component text field, type 0.
7 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Arrow length list, choose Logarithmic.
8 In the Range quotient text field, type 500.
9 Select the Scale factor check box.
10 In the associated text field, type 1.25e-3.
11 In the Number of arrows text field, type 2500.
12 From the Color list, choose Black.
13 Right-click Results>3D Plot Group 6>Arrow Surface 1 and choose Filter.
14 In the Settings window for Filter, locate the Element Selection section.
3D Plot Group 7
1 Right-click Results>3D Plot Group 6 and choose Duplicate.
2 In the Model Builder window, expand the 3D Plot Group 7 node, then click Arrow
Surface 1.
3 In the Settings window for Arrow Surface, locate the Data section.
4 From the Data set list, choose Cut Plane 2.
5 On the 3D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
Model Definition
The model parameters are taken from the experimental work presented in Ref. 1, and
are summarized in Table 1. The liquid phase in the reactor is water while the gas phase
is air.
TABLE 1: MODEL DATA.
BOUNDARY CONDITIONS
Symmetry Condition
Mirror symmetry is invoked in the xy-plane at z = 0.04 m.
Wall Condition
Other boundaries are represented by wall functions for the liquid, and with zero gas
flux for the bubbles.
Outlet
Symmetry
Inlet
B U B B L Y F L OW P H Y S I C S I N T E R F A C E A N D TU R B U L E N C E M O D E L I N G
The Bubbly Flow interface sets up a multiphase-flow model for gas bubbles in a liquid.
The physics interface tracks the averaged gas-phase concentration rather than each
bubble in detail. The physics interface solves for the liquid velocity, the pressure, and
the volume fraction of the gas phase. Details of the governing equations are presented
in the chapter Theory for the Bubbly Flow Interfaces in the CFD Module User’s
Guide.
u g = u l + u slip
where ul stands for the liquid-phase velocity, and uslip stands for the relative velocity
between gas and liquid, the so called slip velocity.
The slip velocity s calculated from a slip model. The Bubbly Flow interface provides
several slip models. The most appropriate slip model for this reactor is a pressure-drag
balance slip model with a drag coefficient tuned for large bubbles.
The experiments in Ref. 1 suggest that the Reynolds number for the fully developed
flow is 2·104, and hence that the flow is turbulent. The turbulence model for bubbly
flows is similar to the single-phase k-ε turbulence model (details can be found in
Theory for the Turbulent Flow Interfaces and Turbulence Modeling in Bubbly Flow
Applications in the CFD Module User’s Guide). However, for the bubbly flow cases,
additional source terms are added to the turbulence equations. These account for the
extra production and dissipation of turbulence due to the relative motion between the
gas bubbles and the liquid. The additional source term in the k equation, denoted Sk,
accounts for the bubble-induced turbulence and is given by (see Ref. 2)
S k = – C k φ g ∇p ⋅ u slip
The additional source term in the ε−equation, denoted Sε, accounting for the
bubble-induced turbulence dissipation and is given by
ε
S ε = --- C ε S k (1)
k
where Ck and Cε are model constants. The values of Ck and Cε are highly problem
dependent but can often be tuned to obtain good agreement between experimental
data and simulations (see Ref. 3). According to Ref. 2, admissible values for Ck and Cε
are in the ranges of [0.01, 1] and [1, 1.92], respectively. Ref. 3 does however use Cε
values less than 1 and they obtain good agreements between the measurements and
simulations. In this model, when bubble-induced turbulence is accounted for, Ck and
Cε are set to 0.6 and 1.4, respectively.
To account for turbulent transport of the bubbles, a drift velocity is added for the
gas-phase velocity field:
where
μ T ∇φ g
u drift = – ------ ---------- (3)
ρl φg
k2
μ T = ρ l C μ ------ (4)
ε
where Cμ is a model constant (for details, see Theory for the Turbulent Flow Interfaces
in the CFD Module User’s Guide).
In the Bubbly Flow interface you can easily switch the k-ε turbulence model on and
off. You can also control whether to include or exclude the bubble-induced turbulence
term Sk by adjusting the value of Ck. A Ck equal to zero means that the bubble
induced turbulence is neglected.
The Physical Model settings for the Bubbly Flow interface also provides a low gas
concentration option which is active per default. This option is applicable if the gas
concentration is less than 2%, in which case the transport equations can be simplified
compared to cases with higher gas concentrations. Ref. 1 does not specifically report
the gas concentration, but photographs of the reactor indicate that the gas
concentration might be high, so the low gas concentration option is disabled in this
model.
MESH GENERATION
The mesh must be very fine in the vicinity of the frits in order to resolve steep gradients
in bubble concentration. The mesh also needs to be relatively fine in the interior of the
reactor since the presence of bubbles will create relatively complicated flow structures.
The maximum value of the gas concentration is about 7% close to the two frits and
higher than 2% in substantial parts of the reactor. This confirms that the low-gas
concentration assumption would not have been valid.
Figure 3 shows the turbulent viscosity. The effect of bubble induced turbulence can be
perceived by the relatively high levels of turbulent viscosity just above the frits and also
beneath the free surface. The latter can be the reason to why there is no recirculation
zone by the top left corner. But it could also be that the missing recirculation zone is
caused sloshing which has been neglected in this model.
Experimental data is reported for four probe position, #3, #5, #7 and #9. They
correspond to lines in the symmetry plane at different, constant heights, namely
y = 300 mm, y = 650 mm, y = 1250 mm and y = 1650 mm respectively. The probes
are positioned in the rising part of the reactor. Comparisons between simulation and
experiments are shown in Figure 4. The agreement is good in the lower part of the
reactor (positions #3 and #5) where both liquid and gas velocities from the simulation
are in close quantitative agreement with their experimental counterparts. However, the
agreement is less good in the upper part of the reactor due to the missing recirculation
zone in the top left corner. The simulation results are still qualitatively correct at probe
position #7, but the velocities are too low close to the inner wall. The lack of the
recirculation zone is apparent at probe position #9 where the experiments show
negative liquid velocities along the outer wall while the simulation shows positive
liquid velocities.
The overall agreement must still be deemed good considering the many modeling
assumptions used in this model.
Figure 4: Comparison between simulation results and experimental results for vertical
velocities at four different probe positions.
References
1. S. Becker, A. Sokolichin, and G. Eigenberger, “Gas-liquid flow in bubble columns
and loop reactors: Part II. Comparison of detailed experiments and flow simulations,”
Chem. Eng. Sci., vol. 49, pp. 5747–5762, 1994.
Modeling Instruction
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 3D.
2 In the Select physics tree, select Fluid Flow>Multiphase Flow>Bubbly Flow>Turbulent
Bubbly Flow (bf).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies>Time Dependent.
6 Click Done.
DEFINITIONS
First, define some model parameters.
Parameters
1 On the Model toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
GEOMETRY 1
Create the geometry. To simplify this step, insert a prepared geometry sequence.
Full geometry instructions can be found and the end of the document.
ADD MATERIAL
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Material to open the Add Material window.
2 Go to the Add Material window.
3 In the tree, select Built-In>Air.
4 Click Add to Component in the window toolbar.
ADD MATERIAL
1 Go to the Add Material window.
2 In the tree, select Built-In>Water, liquid.
3 Click Add to Component in the window toolbar.
4 On the Model toolbar, click Add Material to close the Add Material window.
TU R B U L E N T B U B B L Y F L OW ( B F )
Fluid Properties 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Turbulent Bubbly Flow (bf) node, then click
Fluid Properties 1.
2 In the Settings window for Fluid Properties, locate the Materials section.
3 From the Liquid list, choose Water, liquid (mat2).
4 From the Gas list, choose Air (mat1).
5 Locate the Gas Properties section. From the ρg list, choose Calculate from ideal gas
law.
6 In the db text field, type d_b.
7 Locate the Slip Model section. From the Slip model list, choose Pressure-drag balance.
8 From the Drag coefficient model list, choose Large bubbles.
9 In the Model Builder window, click Turbulent Bubbly Flow (bf).
10 In the Settings window for Turbulent Bubbly Flow, locate the Physical Model section.
11 Clear the Low gas concentration check box.
12 Click to expand the Turbulence model parameters section. Locate the Turbulence
Model Parameters section. In the Cε text field, type 1.4.
13 In the Ck text field, type 0.6.
Gravity 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Gravity.
2 Select Domain 1 only.
Wall 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Wall.
2 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
3 Select Boundaries 6 and 7 only.
4 In the Settings window for Wall, locate the Gas Boundary Condition section.
Wall 3
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Wall.
2 Select Boundary 5 only.
3 In the Settings window for Wall, locate the Liquid Boundary Condition section.
4 From the Liquid boundary condition list, choose Slip.
5 Locate the Gas Boundary Condition section. From the Gas boundary condition list,
choose Gas outlet.
Initial Values 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Turbulent Bubbly Flow (bf)
click Initial Values 1.
2 In the Settings window for Initial Values, locate the Initial Values section.
3 In the p text field, type g_const*bf.rhol*(1.75-y).
Symmetry 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Symmetry.
2 Select Boundary 4 only.
MESH 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Mesh 1.
2 In the Settings window for Mesh, locate the Mesh Settings section.
3 From the Element size list, choose Coarse.
Size
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 and choose Edit Physics-Induced Sequence.
2 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 click Size.
3 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
4 From the Predefined list, choose Normal.
STUDY 1
Solution 1
Measurement data makes it possible to estimate manual scales for velocity and pressure.
RESULTS
The following steps reproduce Figure 2.
Data Sets
1 On the Results toolbar, click More Data Sets and choose Surface.
2 Select Boundary 4 only.
3 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Parameterization section.
4 From the x- and y-axes list, choose xy-plane.
2D Plot Group 3
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click 2D Plot Group 3 and choose
Surface.
3 Right-click 2D Plot Group 3 and choose Streamline.
4 In the Settings window for Streamline, locate the Expression section.
5 In the x component text field, type u.
6 In the y component text field, type v.
7 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Color list, choose White.
8 Locate the Streamline Positioning section. From the Positioning list, choose Uniform
density.
9 In the Separating distance text field, type 0.025.
10 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
2D Plot Group 4
The following steps reproduce Figure 3.
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click 2D Plot Group 4 and choose
Surface.
3 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Expression section.
4 In the Expression text field, type bf.muT.
5 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
28 Browse to the model’s Model Library folder and double-click the file
airlift_loop_reactor_vg_no7.txt.
Data Sets
Define cut lines that correspond to the experimental probe positions.
17 In the Settings window for Cut Line 3D, type No9 in the Label text field.
18 Locate the Line Data section. In row Point 1, set y to 1.65.
19 In row Point 2, set y to 1.65.
1D Plot Group 5
1 On the Results toolbar, click 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, type Probe position #3 in the Label
text field.
3 Locate the Data section. From the Data set list, choose No3.
4 From the Time selection list, choose Last.
5 Click to expand the Title section. From the Title type list, choose Manual.
6 In the Title text area, type Vertical liquid and gas velocities at probe
position #3.
Probe position #3
1 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Line Graph.
2 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
3 In the Expression text field, type v.
4 Click to expand the Coloring and style section. Locate the Coloring and Style section.
Find the Line style subsection. From the Color list, choose Blue.
5 Click to expand the Legends section. Select the Show legends check box.
6 From the Legends list, choose Manual.
7 In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
Fluid velocity, simulation
Legends
Fluid velocity, experiments
Legends
Gas velocity, simulation
Legends
Gas velocity, experiments
Probe position #5
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Probe position #5 node, then click
Table Graph 1.
2 In the Settings window for Table Graph, locate the Data section.
3 From the Table list, choose vl5.
4 In the Model Builder window, under Results>Probe position #5 click Table Graph 2.
5 In the Settings window for Table Graph, locate the Data section.
6 From the Table list, choose vg5.
7 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
8 In the Model Builder window, click Probe position #5.
9 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Axis section.
10 Select the Manual axis limits check box.
11 In the y minimum text field, type -0.15.
12 In the y maximum text field, type 0.85.
13 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
14 In the Model Builder window, collapse the Probe position #5 node.
4 Click to expand the Title section. In the Title text area, type Vertical liquid and
gas velocities at probe position #7.
Probe position #7
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Probe position #7 node, then click
Table Graph 1.
2 In the Settings window for Table Graph, locate the Data section.
3 From the Table list, choose vl7.
4 In the Model Builder window, under Results>Probe position #7 click Table Graph 2.
5 In the Settings window for Table Graph, locate the Data section.
6 From the Table list, choose vg7.
7 In the Model Builder window, click Probe position #7.
8 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Axis section.
9 Select the Manual axis limits check box.
10 In the y minimum text field, type -0.15.
11 In the y maximum text field, type 0.85.
12 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
13 In the Model Builder window, collapse the Probe position #7 node.
Probe position #9
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Probe position #9 node, then click
Table Graph 1.
2 In the Settings window for Table Graph, locate the Data section.
3 From the Table list, choose vl9.
4 In the Model Builder window, under Results>Probe position #9 click Table Graph 2.
5 In the Settings window for Table Graph, locate the Data section.
6 From the Table list, choose vg9.
GEOMETRY 1
On the Geometry toolbar, click Work Plane.
Polygon 1 (pol1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click More Primitives and choose Polygon.
2 In the Settings window for Polygon, locate the Coordinates section.
3 In the xw text field, type 0 L W W 0.
4 In the yw text field, type 0 0 L H H.
5 On the Geometry toolbar, click Build All.
Polygon 2 (pol2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click More Primitives and choose Polygon.
2 In the Settings window for Polygon, locate the Coordinates section.
3 In the xw text field, type L 0.34 0.34 L.
4 In the yw text field, type 0.11 0.2 1.47 1.56.
5 On the Geometry toolbar, click Build All.
Difference 1 (dif1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Difference.
2 Select the object pol1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Difference, locate the Difference section.
4 Find the Objects to subtract subsection. Select the Active toggle button.
5 Select the object pol2 only.
6 On the Geometry toolbar, click Build All.
Extrude 1 (ext1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Extrude.
2 In the Settings window for Extrude, locate the Distances from Plane section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
Distances (m)
T
Circle 1 (c1)
1 On the Work plane toolbar, click Primitives and choose Circle.
2 In the Settings window for Circle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Radius text field, type R.
4 Locate the Position section. In the xw text field, type T/2.
5 In the yw text field, type 0.11.
Circle 2 (c2)
1 On the Work plane toolbar, click Primitives and choose Circle.
2 In the Settings window for Circle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Radius text field, type R.
4 Locate the Position section. In the xw text field, type T/2.
5 In the yw text field, type T/2.
6 On the Work plane toolbar, click Build All.
Union 1 (uni1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Union.
2 Select the objects wp2 and ext1 only.
3 Click the Build All Objects button.
Block 1 (blk1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Block.
2 In the Settings window for Block, locate the Size section.
Difference 1 (dif1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Difference.
2 Select the object uni1 only to add it to the Objects to add.
3 In the Settings window for Difference, locate the Difference section.
4 Find the Objects to subtract subsection. Select the Active toggle button.
5 Select the object blk1 only.
6 On the Geometry toolbar, click Build All.
7 Hold down the left mouse button and drag in the Graphics window to rotate the
geometry. Similarly, use the right mouse button to translate the geometry and the
middle button to zoom.
Backstep
Introduction
This tutorial model solves the incompressible Navier-Stokes equations in a backstep
geometry. A characteristic feature of fluid flow in geometries of this kind is the
recirculation region that forms where the flow exits the narrow inlet region. The model
clearly demonstrates the formation of such a region, which is best displayed by
visualizing the flow streamlines.
Model Definition
MODEL GEOMETRY
The model consists of a pipe connected to a block-shaped tank; see Figure 1. Due to
symmetry, it is sufficient to model one eighth of the full geometry. The pipe has an
inlet at one end, and the tank has an outlet at the opposite end. All other boundaries
are solid walls.
1 | BACKSTEP
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Results
Figure 2 shows a combined surface and arrow plot of the flow velocity. This plot does
not reveal the recirculation region in the tank immediately beyond the inlet pipe’s end.
For this purpose, a streamline plot is more useful, as demonstrated in Figure 3.
2 | BACKSTEP
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 3D.
2 In the Select physics tree, select Fluid Flow>Single-Phase Flow>Laminar Flow (spf).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
3 | BACKSTEP
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 On the Model toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
GEOMETRY 1
You can build the backstep geometry from geometric primitives. Here, instead, use a
file containing the sequence of geometry features that has been provided for
convenience.
ADD MATERIAL
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Material to open the Add Material window.
2 Go to the Add Material window.
3 In the tree, select Built-In>Water, liquid.
4 Click Add to Component in the window toolbar.
Inlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Boundary Condition section.
4 From the list, choose Laminar inflow.
4 | BACKSTEP
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
5 Locate the Laminar Inflow section. In the Uav text field, type v0.
Symmetry 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Symmetry.
2 Select Boundaries 2 and 3 only.
Outlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Outlet.
2 Select Boundary 7 only.
3 In the Settings window for Outlet, locate the Pressure Conditions section.
4 Select the Normal flow check box.
MESH 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Mesh 1.
2 In the Settings window for Mesh, locate the Mesh Settings section.
3 From the Element size list, choose Coarse.
4 Click the Build All button.
STUDY 1
On the Model toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
Velocity (spf)
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Velocity (spf) node.
2 Right-click Slice 1.1 and choose Delete.
RESULTS
Velocity (spf)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click Velocity (spf) and choose
Surface.
2 Right-click Velocity (spf) and choose Arrow Surface.
3 In the Settings window for Arrow Surface, locate the Coloring and Style section.
4 From the Arrow length list, choose Logarithmic.
5 From the Color list, choose Yellow.
5 | BACKSTEP
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
To see the recirculation effects, create a streamline plot of the velocity field.
3D Plot Group 3
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 3D Plot Group.
2 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click 3D Plot Group 3 and choose
Streamline.
3 Select Boundary 1 only.
4 In the Settings window for Streamline, locate the Coloring and Style section.
5 From the Line type list, choose Tube.
6 Right-click Results>3D Plot Group 3>Streamline 1 and choose Color Expression.
6 | BACKSTEP
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
You can use the rotating machinery predefined multiphysics coupling in cases where it
is possible to divide the modeled device into rotationally invariant geometries. The
desired operation can be, for example, to rotate an impeller in a baffled tank. This is
exemplified in Figure 1, where the impeller rotates from position 1 to 2. The first step
is to divide the geometry into two parts that are both rotationally invariant, as shown
in Step 1a. The second step is to specify the parts to model using a rotating frame and
the ones to model using a fixed frame (Step 1b). The predefined coupling then
automatically does the coordinate transformation and the joining of the fixed and
moving parts (Step 2a).
1 2
1a 1b 2a
Figure 1: The modeling procedure in the Rotating Machinery physics interface in the CFD
Module.
Model Definition
The model you treat in this example is that of a baffled stirred mixer. Figure 2 shows
the modeled geometry. The impeller rotates counterclockwise at a speed of 10 RPM,
and the fluid in the mixer is water.
The model equations are the Navier-Stokes equations formulated in a rotating frame
in the inner domain and in fixed coordinates in the outer one.
At the mixer’s fixed walls, no-slip boundary conditions apply. The boundary condition
on the rotating impeller will be set to rotate with the same velocity as the no-slip
counterclockwise rotation conditions.
can proceed to the usual steps of setting the fluid properties and the boundary
conditions, and finally to meshing and solving the problem.
Figure 2: Geometry of the baffled stirred mixer. The inner domain is represented by a
rotating (spatial) frame and the outer domain by a fixed (material) frame.
Figure 3: The shear rate after 6 seconds. The plot shows that the shear rate reaches its
maximum value at the tip of the impeller blades.
In Figure 3, we can clearly see that the shear rate is highest where the impeller speed
is highest, which is expected. If the shear rate is too high, consider to redesign the
impeller with sharp leading and trailing edges.
Figure 4 shows the velocity field in the yz-plane at t = 5.5 s. It is clear that the impeller
is creating a downward flow where the blades pass through the fluid.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 3D.
GEOMETRY 1
Import 1 (imp1)
1 On the Model toolbar, click Import.
2 In the Settings window for Import, locate the Import section.
3 Click Browse.
4 Browse to the model’s Model Library folder and double-click the file
baffled_mixer.mphbin.
5 Click Import.
You need to use assembly mode to prepare for the creation of the identity pair.
DEFINITIONS
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Pairs and choose Identity Boundary Pair.
2 Click the Transparency button on the Graphics toolbar.
3 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
4 Select Boundaries 8, 9, 14, and 15 only.
You can do this by first copying the text '8, 9, 14, 15' and then clicking the Paste
Selection button next to the Selection box or clicking in the box and pressing Ctrl+V.
5 In the Settings window for Pair, locate the Destination Boundaries section.
6 Select the Active toggle button.
7 Select Boundaries 23, 24, 37, and 48 only.
Create a step function that you will use to increase the impeller rotation from zero to
10 [rpm] in a time of 2 seconds.
Step 1 (step1)
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click More Functions and choose Step.
2 In the Settings window for Step, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the Location text field, type 1.
4 Click to expand the Smoothing section. In the Size of transition zone text field, type 2.
Variables 1
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Local Variables.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
ADD MATERIAL
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Material to open the Add Material window.
2 Go to the Add Material window.
3 In the tree, select Built-In>Water, liquid.
4 Click Add to Component in the window toolbar.
MATERIALS
R O T A T I N G M A C H I N E R Y, L A M I N A R F L O W ( R M S P F )
Rotating Domain 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Rotating Domain.
2 Select Domain 2 only.
3 In the Settings window for Rotating Domain, locate the Rotating Domain section.
4 In the Revolutions per time text field, type rpm.
Next, add the flow continuity condition on the identity pair to couple the rotating and
fixed domains together.
Flow Continuity 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, in the Boundary section, click Pairs and choose Flow
Continuity.
2 In the Settings window for Flow Continuity, locate the Pair Selection section.
3 In the Pairs list, select Identity Pair 1 (p1).
All boundaries that are adjacent to the rotating domain will by default be set to
rotating boundaries. The bottom boundary should not rotate, so add an additional
no-slip wall boundary condition to enforce this condition.
Wall 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Wall.
2 Select Boundary 25 only.
Symmetry 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Symmetry.
2 Select Boundaries 4 and 26 only.
MESH 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Mesh 1.
2 In the Settings window for Mesh, locate the Mesh Settings section.
3 From the Element size list, choose Fine.
Size
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 and choose Edit Physics-Induced Sequence.
2 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 click Size.
3 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
4 Click the Custom button.
5 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. In the Maximum element growth rate text
field, type 1.2.
6 In the Minimum element size text field, type 0.002.
7 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Build All.
STUDY 1
Solution 1
1 On the Study toolbar, click Show Default Solver.
Before solving, display the default solver settings to be able to set a maximum time
step. The time step is limited by the mesh size and rotational speed with the identity
pair in mind.
2 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1>Solver Configurations node.
3 In the Model Builder window, expand the Solution 1 node, then click Time-Dependent
Solver 1.
4 In the Settings window for Time-Dependent Solver, click to expand the Time
stepping section.
5 Locate the Time Stepping section. Select the Maximum step check box.
6 In the associated text field, type 0.1.
7 On the Study toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
Velocity (rmspf)
The default plot groups visualize the velocity field in a slice plot and the and pressure
contours on the walls. Follow these steps to create a plot of the shear rate.
3D Plot Group 3
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 3D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 3D Plot Group, locate the Plot Settings section.
3 From the Frame list, choose Spatial (x, y, z).
4 Right-click Results>3D Plot Group 3 and choose Slice.
5 In the Settings window for Slice, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Rotating Machinery,
Laminar Flow>rmspf.sr - Shear rate.
6 Locate the Plane Data section. From the Plane list, choose xy-planes.
7 From the Entry method list, choose Coordinates.
8 On the 3D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
9 Click the Transparency button on the Graphics toolbar.
10 Click the Go to Default 3D View button on the Graphics toolbar.
Finally, create an arrow plot of the velocity field in a 2D cross section through the
mixer's axis.
Data Sets
On the Results toolbar, click Cut Plane.
2D Plot Group 4
1 On the Results toolbar, click 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Data set list, choose Cut Plane 1.
4 From the Time (s) list, choose 5.500.
5 Locate the Plot Settings section. From the Frame list, choose Spatial (x, y, z).
6 Right-click Results>2D Plot Group 4 and choose Arrow Surface.
7 In the Settings window for Arrow Surface, locate the Expression section.
8 In the x component text field, type v.
9 In the y component text field, type w.
10 Locate the Arrow Positioning section. Find the x grid points subsection. In the Points
text field, type 30.
11 Find the y grid points subsection. In the Points text field, type 30.
12 Locate the Coloring and Style section. Select the Scale factor check box.
13 In the associated text field, type 0.4.
14 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
This example studies a narrow vertical cylinder placed on top of a reservoir filled with
water. Because of wall adhesion and surface tension at the air/water interface, water
rises through the channel. The model calculates the velocity field, the pressure field,
and the shape and position of the water surface.
This example demonstrates how to model the filling of a capillary channel using two
physics interfaces available in the CFD Module. You can use either the Laminar
Two-Phase Flow, Level Set or the Laminar Two-Phase Flow, Phase Field interface. The
Level Set interface uses a reinitialized level set method to represent the fluid interface
between the air and the water. The Phase Field interface, on the other hand, uses a
Cahn-Hilliard equation, including a chemical potential to represent a diffuse interface
separating the two phases. Both interfaces use the Navier-Stokes equations to describe
the momentum transport, including surface tension, and conservation of mass.
Model Definition
The model consists of a capillary channel of radius 0.15 mm attached to a water
reservoir. Water can flow freely into the reservoir. Because both the channel and the
reservoir are cylindrical, you can use the axisymmetric geometry illustrated in Figure 1.
Initially, the thin cylinder is filled with air. Wall adhesion causes water to creep up along
the cylinder boundaries. The deformation of the water surface induces surface tension
at the air/water interface, which in turn creates a pressure jump across the interface.
The pressure variations cause water and air to move upward. The fluids continue to rise
until the capillary forces are balanced by the gravity force building up as the water rises
in the channel. In the present example, the capillary forces dominate over gravity
throughout the simulation. Consequently, the interface moves upwards during the
entire simulation.
Outflow, p=0
Symmetry line, r = 0
Wall
Wall
Inflow,
hydrostatic pressure
Wall
∂φ ∇φ
------ + u ⋅ ∇φ = γ∇ ⋅ ε∇φ – φ ( 1 – φ ) ----------
∂t ∇φ
The ε parameter determines the thickness of the interface. When stabilization is used
for the level set equation, you can typically use an interface thickness of ε = hc/2, where
hc is the characteristic mesh size in the region passed by the interface. The γ parameter
determines the amount of reinitialization. A suitable value for γ is the maximum
velocity magnitude occurring in the model. The density and viscosity are calculated in
the following way:
Due to these definitions, the density and viscosity vary smoothly across the fluid
interface. The delta function is approximated by
δ = 6 φ ( 1 – φ ) ∇φ
∇φ
n = ----------
∇φ
∂φ γλ
+ u ⋅ ∇φ = ∇ ⋅ -----2- ∇ψ
∂t ε
2 2
ψ = – ∇ ⋅ ε ∇φ + ( φ – 1 )φ
where u is the fluid velocity (m/s), γ is the mobility (m3·s/kg), λ is the mixing energy
density (N) and ε (m) is the interface thickness parameter. The ψ variable is referred to
as the phase field help variable. The following equation relates the mixing energy
density and the interface thickness to the surface tension coefficient:
2 2λ
σ = ----------- ---
3 ε
You can typically set the interface thickness parameter to ε = hc/2, where hc is the
characteristic mesh size in the region passed by the interface. The mobility parameter
γ determines the time scale of the Cahn-Hilliard diffusion and must be chosen
judiciously. It must be large enough to retain a constant interfacial thickness but small
enough so that the convective terms are not overly damped. The default value, γ = ε2,
is usually a good initial guess. This model uses a higher mobility to obtain the correct
pressure variation over the interface.
In the Phase Field interface, the volume fractions of the individual fluids are
1–φ 1+φ
V f1 = ------------ , V f2 = ------------
2 2
In the present model water is defined as Fluid 1 and air as Fluid 2. The density (kg/
m3) and the viscosity (Pa·s) of the mixture are defined to vary smoothly over the
interface by letting
ρ = ρ w + ( ρ air – ρ w )V f2
μ = μ w + ( μ air – μ w )V f2
where the single phase water properties are denoted w and the air properties air.
M A S S A N D M O M E N T U M TR A N S P O R T
The Navier-Stokes equations describe the transport of mass and momentum for fluids
of constant density. In order to account for capillary effects, it is crucial to include
surface tension in the model. The Navier-Stokes equations are then
∂u T
ρ + ρ ( u ⋅ ∇ )u = ∇ ⋅ [ – pI + μ ( ∇u + ( ∇u ) ) ] + F st + ρg
∂t
∇⋅u = 0
Here, ρ denotes the density (kg/m3), μ equals the dynamic viscosity (Ns/m2), u
represents the velocity (m/s), p denotes the pressure (Pa), and g is the gravity vector
(m/s2). Fst is the surface tension force acting at the air/water interface.
Surface Tension
In the Level Set interface the surface tension force is computed as
F st = ∇ ⋅ T
T
T = σ ( I – ( nn ) )δ
Here, I is the identity matrix, n is the interface normal, σ equals the surface tension
coefficient (N/m), and δ equals a Dirac delta function that is nonzero only at the fluid
interface. When you use the finite element method to solve the Navier-Stokes
equations, you multiply the equations by test functions and then integrate over the
computational domain. If you use integration by parts, you can move derivatives of T
to the test functions. This is used in the Laminar Two-Phase Flow interface and results
in an integral over the computational domain plus a boundary integral of the form
where θ is the contact angle (see Figure 2). If you apply a no-slip boundary condition,
the boundary term vanishes because test(u) = 0 on that boundary, and you cannot
specify the contact angle. Instead, the interface remains fixed on the wall. However, if
you allow a small amount of slip, it is possible to specify the contact angle. The wetted
wall boundary condition adds the term given by Equation 1 and consequently makes
it possible to set the contact angle.
In the Phase Field interface, the diffuse interface representation makes it possible to
compute the surface tension by
F st = G∇φ
where φ is the phase field parameter, and G is the chemical potential (J/m3)
2
2 φ(φ – 1) λ-
G = λ – ∇ φ + ----------------------
2
- = ----
2
ψ
ε ε
As seen above, the phase field surface tension is computed as a distributed force over
the interface using only ψ and the gradient of the phase field variable. This
computation avoids using the surface normal and the surface curvature, which are
troublesome to represent numerically.
INITIAL CONDITIONS
Initially, the reservoir is filled with water and the capillary channel is filled with air. The
initial velocity is zero.
BOUNDARY CONDITIONS
Inlet
The hydrostatic pressure, p = ρgz, gives the pressure at the inflow boundary. Only
water enters through the inlet, so the level set function (that is, the volume fraction of
water) is 1 here.
Outlet
At the outlet, the pressure is equal to zero, that is, equal to the pressure at the top of
the inflow boundary. Because it is an outflow boundary, you do not have to set any
condition on the level set function.
Walls
The Wetted wall boundary condition is suitable for solid walls in contact with a fluid
interface. It sets the velocity component normal to the wall to zero; that is,
u ⋅ n wall = 0
μ
F fr = – --- u
β
Here, β is the slip length. The boundary condition also allows you to specify the
contact angle θ, that is, the angle between the wall and the fluid interface (see
Figure 2). In this example, the contact angle is 67.5° and the slip length equals the
mesh element size, h.
Air
Wall
θ
Water
Figure 3: Snapshots of the position of the interface during the first 0.15 ms. Level Set (left)
and Phase Field (right) model results.
Figure 4 shows the interface and the velocity field at three different times following the
initial stage. After about 0.6 ms the shape of the water surface remains approximately
constant and forms a rising concave meniscus. Comparing the velocity field in the
Level Set and the Phase Field models, the Level Set results display a small velocity near
the wall/interface contact point, something that is not present in the Phase Field
results. This is due to a difference in the Wetted wall boundary condition. The Level
Set interface requires a wall slip length for the interface to move along the wall. As
shown in Figure 4, the imposed slip velocity at the wall is small. In the Phase Field
model a slip length is not necessary and the fluid velocity is truly zero on the wall.
Figure 4: Interface and velocity field at different times. Level Set (top) and Phase Field
(bottom) model results.
Figure 5 shows surface plots of the pressure at t = 0.6 ms. At the fluid interface there
is a pressure jump of roughly 300 Pa. The jump is caused by the surface tension, and
forces the water and air to rise through the vertical cylinder.
Figure 5: Pressure at t = 0.6 ms. Level Set (top) and Phase Field (bottom) model results.
You can easily calculate the position of the interface/wall contact point by integrating
the level set function along the thin cylinder wall. Figure 6 shows the position of the
contact point as a function of time. The slight oscillations of the water surface noted
above is seen here also in the contact point plot. The contact plots from the Level Set
and Phase Field models compare very well, except for two minor points. The surface
oscillation is a bit more pronounced in the Level Set model, and the surface end point
is somewhat higher up in this case. Both these differences are small and are most likely
related to the different implementations of the Wetted wall boundary condition.
Figure 6: Position of the interface/wall contact point as a function of time. Level Set (top)
and Phase Field (bottom) model result. The velocity is approximately constant after
t = 0.6 ms.
Finally, you can verify the obtained contact angle. It is defined by cos θ = nTnwall. In
this case, the normal to the wall is nwall = er. The contact angle is thus θ = acos nr,
where nr is the radial component of the interface normal. Due to the slight oscillations
of the surface, the contact angle varies during the rise. As Figure 7 shows, at t = 0.6 ms
the contact angle is 67.8° for both the Level Set and the Phase Field models. Both
results are close to the imposed contact angle of 3π/8 = 1.18 rad = 67.5°. The contact
angle further approaches the imposed value if the mesh is refined.
Figure 7: Plot of acos(nr). At the wall, this gives the contact angle. In the Level Set model
(top) the wall angle is 67.9° and in the Phase Field model (bottom) it is 67.8°.
The simulation procedure consists of two steps. First the phase field and level set
functions are initialized, then the time-dependent calculation starts. This is
automatically set up by the software. You only need to specify appropriate times for the
initialization step and the time-dependent analysis.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 2D Axisymmetric.
2 In the Select physics tree, select Fluid Flow>Multiphase Flow>Two-Phase Flow, Level
Set>Laminar Two-Phase Flow, Level Set (tpf).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies>Transient with Phase Initialization.
6 Click Done.
GEOMETRY 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Geometry 1.
2 In the Settings window for Geometry, locate the Units section.
3 From the Length unit list, choose mm.
Rectangle 1 (r1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.3.
4 In the Height text field, type 0.15.
5 Locate the Position section. In the z text field, type -0.15.
Rectangle 2 (r2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.15.
4 In the Height text field, type 0.5.
5 Click the Build Selected button.
6 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
ADD MATERIAL
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Material to open the Add Material window.
2 Go to the Add Material window.
3 In the tree, select Built-In>Air.
4 Click Add to Component in the window toolbar.
ADD MATERIAL
1 Go to the Add Material window.
2 In the tree, select Built-In>Water, liquid.
3 Click Add to Component in the window toolbar.
4 On the Model toolbar, click Add Material to close the Add Material window.
L A M I N A R TW O - P H A S E F L O W, L E V E L S E T ( T P F )
Fluid Properties 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Component 1 (comp1)>Laminar Two-Phase
Flow, Level Set (tpf) node, then click Fluid Properties 1.
2 In the Settings window for Fluid Properties, locate the Fluid 1 Properties section.
3 From the Fluid 1 list, choose Air (mat1).
4 Locate the Fluid 2 Properties section. From the Fluid 2 list, choose Water, liquid
(mat2).
5 Locate the Level Set Parameters section. In the εls text field, type 5e-6.
Initial Values 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Initial Values.
2 Select Domain 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Initial Values, locate the Initial Values section.
4 Click the Fluid 2 button.
Initial Interface 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Laminar Two-Phase Flow,
Level Set (tpf) click Initial Interface 1.
2 Select Boundary 4 only.
Inlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 8 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Boundary Condition section.
4 From the list, choose Pressure.
5 Locate the Level Set Condition section. In the Vf text field, type 1.
6 Locate the Pressure Conditions section. In the p0 text field, type
-tpf.rho2*z*g_const. This is the hydrostatic pressure at the inlet.
Outlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Outlet.
2 Select Boundary 5 only.
Wall 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Wall.
2 Select Boundaries 6 and 7 only.
3 In the Settings window for Wall, locate the Boundary Condition section.
4 From the Boundary condition list, choose Wetted wall.
5 In the θw text field, type (3*pi/8)[rad].
Gravity 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Gravity.
2 In the Settings window for Gravity, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose All domains.
DEFINITIONS
Next, define a variable for the contact angle using the Laminar Two-Phase Flow, Level
Set interface's variable for the r-component of the interface normal, tpf.intnormr.
Variables 1
1 On the Model toolbar, click Variables and choose Local Variables.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
MESH 1
Size
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Mesh 1 and
choose Mapped.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
3 From the Predefined list, choose Extremely fine.
4 Click the Build All button.
STUDY 1
Solution 1
1 On the Study toolbar, click Show Default Solver.
2 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1>Solver Configurations node.
3 In the Model Builder window, expand the Solution 1 node, then click Dependent
Variables 2.
4 In the Settings window for Dependent Variables, locate the Scaling section.
5 From the Method list, choose Manual.
6 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution
1>Dependent Variables 2 node, then click Pressure (comp1.p).
7 In the Settings window for Field, locate the Scaling section.
8 From the Method list, choose Manual.
9 In the Scale text field, type 100.
10 On the Study toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
The first default plot group shows the volume fraction of air. While the position of the
air/water interface appears clearly, you can obtain an even sharper interface by plotting
the 0.5 level of the same quantity using a filled contour plot, as in Figure 3.
8 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Contour type list, choose Filled.
9 In the Model Builder window, click Volume Fraction (tpf).
10 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
11 From the Time (s) list, choose 0.0000.
12 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
13 Click the Zoom Box button on the Graphics toolbar, then zoom in on the lower part
of the capillary. Compare the resulting plot with that in the upper-left panel of
Figure 3.
14 Reproduce the remaining plots on the left in Figure 3 by plotting the solution for
the time values 5e-5, 1e-4, and 1.5e-4.
Velocity (tpf)
The second default plot shows a surface plot of the velocity magnitude of the fluids
combined with three contour lines to identify the air/water-interface. This plot can be
changed to reproduce the combined velocity-field arrows and air/water-interface plot
shown in Figure 4.
16 Generate the remaining two plots by choosing the values 4.0e-4 and 6.0e-4 from
the Time list.
Data Sets
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Data Sets node.
2 Right-click Revolution 2D 1 and choose Duplicate.
3 In the Settings window for Revolution 2D, click to expand the Revolution layers
section.
4 Locate the Revolution Layers section. In the Revolution angle text field, type 230.
Next, plot the pressure at t = 0.6 ms. Compare the result with the upper plot in
Figure 5.
2D Plot Group 4
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Time (s) list, choose 6.0000E-4.
4 Right-click Results>2D Plot Group 4 and choose Surface.
5 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the Expression section. From the menu, choose Model>Component 1>Laminar
Two-Phase Flow, Level Set>p - Pressure.
6 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
7 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Derived Values
Go on to compute and plot the position of the interface/wall contact point.
1 On the Results toolbar, click More Derived Values and choose Integration>Line
Integration.
2 Select Boundary 6 only.
3 In the Settings window for Line Integration, click Replace Expression in the
upper-right corner of the Expression section. From the menu, choose
Model>Component 1>Laminar Two-Phase Flow, Level Set>phils - Level set variable.
4 Locate the Expression section. Select the Description check box.
5 In the associated text field, type Contact point position.
6 Click the Evaluate button.
TA BL E
1 Go to the Table window.
2 Click Table Graph in the window toolbar. Compare this graph with that in the upper
panel of Figure 6.
Finally, check the value of the contact angle at t = 0.6 ms (Figure 7).
2D Plot Group 6
1 On the Results toolbar, click 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Time (s) list, choose 6.0000E-4.
4 Right-click Results>2D Plot Group 6 and choose Contour.
5 In the Settings window for Contour, locate the Levels section.
6 From the Entry method list, choose Levels.
7 In the Levels text field, type 0.5.
8 Right-click Results>2D Plot Group 6>Contour 1 and choose Color Expression.
9 In the Settings window for Color Expression, click Replace Expression in the
upper-right corner of the Expression section. From the menu, choose
Model>Component 1>Definitions>Variables>theta - Contact angle expression.
10 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
As the plot shows, the minimum value for the contact angle expression is attained
at the wall. Thus, the simulation result for the contact angle is 67.8 degrees.
This example studies a narrow vertical cylinder placed on top of a reservoir filled with
water. Because of wall adhesion and surface tension at the air/water interface, water
rises through the channel. The model calculates the velocity field, the pressure field,
and the shape and position of the water surface.
This example demonstrates how to model the filling of a capillary channel using two
physics interfaces available in the CFD Module. You can use either the Laminar
Two-Phase Flow, Level Set or the Laminar Two-Phase Flow, Phase Field interface. The
Level Set interface uses a reinitialized level set method to represent the fluid interface
between the air and the water. The Phase Field interface, on the other hand, uses a
Cahn-Hilliard equation, including a chemical potential to represent a diffuse interface
separating the two phases. Both interfaces use the Navier-Stokes equations to describe
the momentum transport, including surface tension, and conservation of mass.
Model Definition
The model consists of a capillary channel of radius 0.15 mm attached to a water
reservoir. Water can flow freely into the reservoir. Because both the channel and the
reservoir are cylindrical, you can use the axisymmetric geometry illustrated in Figure 1.
Initially, the thin cylinder is filled with air. Wall adhesion causes water to creep up along
the cylinder boundaries. The deformation of the water surface induces surface tension
at the air/water interface, which in turn creates a pressure jump across the interface.
The pressure variations cause water and air to move upward. The fluids continue to rise
until the capillary forces are balanced by the gravity force building up as the water rises
in the channel. In the present example, the capillary forces dominate over gravity
throughout the simulation. Consequently, the interface moves upwards during the
entire simulation.
Outflow, p=0
Symmetry line, r = 0
Wall
Wall
Inflow,
hydrostatic pressure
Wall
∂φ ∇φ
------ + u ⋅ ∇φ = γ∇ ⋅ ε∇φ – φ ( 1 – φ ) ----------
∂t ∇φ
The ε parameter determines the thickness of the interface. When stabilization is used
for the level set equation, you can typically use an interface thickness of ε = hc/2, where
hc is the characteristic mesh size in the region passed by the interface. The γ parameter
determines the amount of reinitialization. A suitable value for γ is the maximum
velocity magnitude occurring in the model. The density and viscosity are calculated in
the following way:
Due to these definitions, the density and viscosity vary smoothly across the fluid
interface. The delta function is approximated by
δ = 6 φ ( 1 – φ ) ∇φ
∇φ
n = ----------
∇φ
∂φ γλ
+ u ⋅ ∇φ = ∇ ⋅ -----2- ∇ψ
∂t ε
2 2
ψ = – ∇ ⋅ ε ∇φ + ( φ – 1 )φ
where u is the fluid velocity (m/s), γ is the mobility (m3·s/kg), λ is the mixing energy
density (N) and ε (m) is the interface thickness parameter. The ψ variable is referred to
as the phase field help variable. The following equation relates the mixing energy
density and the interface thickness to the surface tension coefficient:
2 2λ
σ = ----------- ---
3 ε
You can typically set the interface thickness parameter to ε = hc/2, where hc is the
characteristic mesh size in the region passed by the interface. The mobility parameter
γ determines the time scale of the Cahn-Hilliard diffusion and must be chosen
judiciously. It must be large enough to retain a constant interfacial thickness but small
enough so that the convective terms are not overly damped. The default value, γ = ε2,
is usually a good initial guess. This model uses a higher mobility to obtain the correct
pressure variation over the interface.
In the Phase Field interface, the volume fractions of the individual fluids are
1–φ 1+φ
V f1 = ------------ , V f2 = ------------
2 2
In the present model water is defined as Fluid 1 and air as Fluid 2. The density (kg/
m3) and the viscosity (Pa·s) of the mixture are defined to vary smoothly over the
interface by letting
ρ = ρ w + ( ρ air – ρ w )V f2
μ = μ w + ( μ air – μ w )V f2
where the single phase water properties are denoted w and the air properties air.
M A S S A N D M O M E N T U M TR A N S P O R T
The Navier-Stokes equations describe the transport of mass and momentum for fluids
of constant density. In order to account for capillary effects, it is crucial to include
surface tension in the model. The Navier-Stokes equations are then
∂u T
ρ + ρ ( u ⋅ ∇ )u = ∇ ⋅ [ – pI + μ ( ∇u + ( ∇u ) ) ] + F st + ρg
∂t
∇⋅u = 0
Here, ρ denotes the density (kg/m3), μ equals the dynamic viscosity (Ns/m2), u
represents the velocity (m/s), p denotes the pressure (Pa), and g is the gravity vector
(m/s2). Fst is the surface tension force acting at the air/water interface.
Surface Tension
In the Level Set interface the surface tension force is computed as
F st = ∇ ⋅ T
T
T = σ ( I – ( nn ) )δ
Here, I is the identity matrix, n is the interface normal, σ equals the surface tension
coefficient (N/m), and δ equals a Dirac delta function that is nonzero only at the fluid
interface. When you use the finite element method to solve the Navier-Stokes
equations, you multiply the equations by test functions and then integrate over the
computational domain. If you use integration by parts, you can move derivatives of T
to the test functions. This is used in the Laminar Two-Phase Flow interface and results
in an integral over the computational domain plus a boundary integral of the form
where θ is the contact angle (see Figure 2). If you apply a no-slip boundary condition,
the boundary term vanishes because test(u) = 0 on that boundary, and you cannot
specify the contact angle. Instead, the interface remains fixed on the wall. However, if
you allow a small amount of slip, it is possible to specify the contact angle. The wetted
wall boundary condition adds the term given by Equation 1 and consequently makes
it possible to set the contact angle.
In the Phase Field interface, the diffuse interface representation makes it possible to
compute the surface tension by
F st = G∇φ
where φ is the phase field parameter, and G is the chemical potential (J/m3)
2
2 φ(φ – 1) λ-
G = λ – ∇ φ + ----------------------
2
- = ----
2
ψ
ε ε
As seen above, the phase field surface tension is computed as a distributed force over
the interface using only ψ and the gradient of the phase field variable. This
computation avoids using the surface normal and the surface curvature, which are
troublesome to represent numerically.
INITIAL CONDITIONS
Initially, the reservoir is filled with water and the capillary channel is filled with air. The
initial velocity is zero.
BOUNDARY CONDITIONS
Inlet
The hydrostatic pressure, p = ρgz, gives the pressure at the inflow boundary. Only
water enters through the inlet, so the level set function (that is, the volume fraction of
water) is 1 here.
Outlet
At the outlet, the pressure is equal to zero, that is, equal to the pressure at the top of
the inflow boundary. Because it is an outflow boundary, you do not have to set any
condition on the level set function.
Walls
The Wetted wall boundary condition is suitable for solid walls in contact with a fluid
interface. It sets the velocity component normal to the wall to zero; that is,
u ⋅ n wall = 0
μ
F fr = – --- u
β
Here, β is the slip length. The boundary condition also allows you to specify the
contact angle θ, that is, the angle between the wall and the fluid interface (see
Figure 2). In this example, the contact angle is 67.5° and the slip length equals the
mesh element size, h.
Air
Wall
θ
Water
Figure 3: Snapshots of the position of the interface during the first 0.15 ms. Level Set (left)
and Phase Field (right) model results.
Figure 4 shows the interface and the velocity field at three different times following the
initial stage. After about 0.6 ms the shape of the water surface remains approximately
constant and forms a rising concave meniscus. Comparing the velocity field in the
Level Set and the Phase Field models, the Level Set results display a small velocity near
the wall/interface contact point, something that is not present in the Phase Field
results. This is due to a difference in the Wetted wall boundary condition. The Level
Set interface requires a wall slip length for the interface to move along the wall. As
shown in Figure 4, the imposed slip velocity at the wall is small. In the Phase Field
model a slip length is not necessary and the fluid velocity is truly zero on the wall.
Figure 4: Interface and velocity field at different times. Level Set (top) and Phase Field
(bottom) model results.
Figure 5 shows surface plots of the pressure at t = 0.6 ms. At the fluid interface there
is a pressure jump of roughly 300 Pa. The jump is caused by the surface tension, and
forces the water and air to rise through the vertical cylinder.
Figure 5: Pressure at t = 0.6 ms. Level Set (top) and Phase Field (bottom) model results.
You can easily calculate the position of the interface/wall contact point by integrating
the level set function along the thin cylinder wall. Figure 6 shows the position of the
contact point as a function of time. The slight oscillations of the water surface noted
above is seen here also in the contact point plot. The contact plots from the Level Set
and Phase Field models compare very well, except for two minor points. The surface
oscillation is a bit more pronounced in the Level Set model, and the surface end point
is somewhat higher up in this case. Both these differences are small and are most likely
related to the different implementations of the Wetted wall boundary condition.
Figure 6: Position of the interface/wall contact point as a function of time. Level Set (top)
and Phase Field (bottom) model result. The velocity is approximately constant after
t = 0.6 ms.
Finally, you can verify the obtained contact angle. It is defined by cos θ = nTnwall. In
this case, the normal to the wall is nwall = er. The contact angle is thus θ = acos nr,
where nr is the radial component of the interface normal. Due to the slight oscillations
of the surface, the contact angle varies during the rise. As Figure 7 shows, at t = 0.6 ms
the contact angle is 67.8° for both the Level Set and the Phase Field models. Both
results are close to the imposed contact angle of 3π/8 = 1.18 rad = 67.5°. The contact
angle further approaches the imposed value if the mesh is refined.
Figure 7: Plot of acos(nr). At the wall, this gives the contact angle. In the Level Set model
(top) the wall angle is 67.9° and in the Phase Field model (bottom) it is 67.8°.
The simulation procedure consists of two steps. First the phase field and level set
functions are initialized, then the time-dependent calculation starts. This is
automatically set up by the software. You only need to specify appropriate times for the
initialization step and the time-dependent analysis.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 2D Axisymmetric.
2 In the Select physics tree, select Fluid Flow>Multiphase Flow>Two-Phase Flow, Phase
Field>Laminar Two-Phase Flow, Phase Field (tpf).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies>Transient with Phase Initialization.
6 Click Done.
GEOMETRY 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Geometry 1.
2 In the Settings window for Geometry, locate the Units section.
3 From the Length unit list, choose mm.
Rectangle 1 (r1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.3.
4 In the Height text field, type 0.15.
5 Locate the Position section. In the z text field, type -0.15.
Rectangle 2 (r2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.15.
4 In the Height text field, type 0.5.
5 Click the Build Selected button.
6 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
ADD MATERIAL
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Material to open the Add Material window.
2 Go to the Add Material window.
3 In the tree, select Built-In>Air.
4 Click Add to Component in the window toolbar.
ADD MATERIAL
1 Go to the Add Material window.
2 In the tree, select Built-In>Water, liquid.
3 Click Add to Component in the window toolbar.
4 On the Model toolbar, click Add Material to close the Add Material window.
L A M I N A R TW O - P H A S E F L O W, P H A S E F I E L D ( T P F )
Fluid Properties 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Component 1 (comp1)>Laminar Two-Phase
Flow, Phase Field (tpf) node, then click Fluid Properties 1.
2 In the Settings window for Fluid Properties, locate the Fluid 1 Properties section.
3 From the Fluid 1 list, choose Air (mat1).
4 Locate the Fluid 2 Properties section. From the Fluid 2 list, choose Water, liquid
(mat2).
5 Locate the Phase Field Parameters section. In the χ text field, type 50.
Initial Values 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Initial Values.
2 Select Domain 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Initial Values, locate the Initial Values section.
4 Click the Fluid 2 button.
Initial Interface 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Laminar Two-Phase Flow,
Phase Field (tpf) click Initial Interface 1.
2 Select Boundary 4 only.
Inlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 8 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Boundary Condition section.
4 From the list, choose Pressure.
5 Locate the Phase Field Condition section. In the Vf text field, type 1.
6 Locate the Pressure Conditions section. In the p0 text field, type
-tpf.rho2*z*g_const. This is the hydrostatic pressure at the inlet.
Outlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Outlet.
2 Select Boundary 5 only.
Wall 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Wall.
2 Select Boundaries 6 and 7 only.
3 In the Settings window for Wall, locate the Boundary Condition section.
4 From the Boundary condition list, choose Wetted wall.
5 In the θw text field, type (3*pi/8)[rad].
Gravity 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Gravity.
2 In the Settings window for Gravity, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose All domains.
DEFINITIONS
Next, define a variable for the contact angle.
Variables 1
1 On the Model toolbar, click Variables and choose Local Variables.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
MESH 1
Size
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Mesh 1 and
choose Mapped.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
3 From the Predefined list, choose Extremely fine.
4 Click the Build All button.
STUDY 1
Solution 1
1 On the Study toolbar, click Show Default Solver.
2 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1>Solver Configurations node.
3 In the Model Builder window, expand the Solution 1 node, then click Dependent
Variables 2.
4 In the Settings window for Dependent Variables, locate the Scaling section.
5 From the Method list, choose Manual.
6 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution
1>Dependent Variables 2 node, then click Phase field help variable (comp1.psi).
7 In the Settings window for Field, locate the Scaling section.
8 From the Method list, choose Manual.
9 In the Scale text field, type 0.01.
10 In the Model Builder window, under Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution
1>Dependent Variables 2 click Pressure (comp1.p).
11 In the Settings window for Field, locate the Scaling section.
12 From the Method list, choose Manual.
13 In the Scale text field, type 100.
14 On the Study toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
The first default plot group shows the volume fraction of air. While the position of the
air/water interface appears clearly, you can obtain an even sharper interface by plotting
the 0.5 level of the same quantity using a filled contour plot, as in Figure 3.
Velocity (tpf)
The second default plot shows a surface plot of the velocity magnitude of the fluids
combined with three contour lines to identify the air/water-interface. This plot can be
changed to reproduce the combined velocity-field arrows and air/water-interface plot
shown in Figure 4.
13 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
14 From the Time (s) list, choose 2.0000E-4.
15 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
The resulting plot should closely resemble the upper-right plot in Figure 4.
16 Generate the remaining two plots by choosing the values 4e-4 and 6e-4 from the
Time list.
Data Sets
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Data Sets node.
2 Right-click Revolution 2D 1 and choose Duplicate.
3 In the Settings window for Revolution 2D, click to expand the Revolution layers
section.
4 Locate the Revolution Layers section. In the Revolution angle text field, type 230.
Next, plot the pressure at t = 0.6 ms. Compare the result with the upper plot in
Figure 5.
2D Plot Group 4
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Time (s) list, choose 6.0000E-4.
4 Right-click Results>2D Plot Group 4 and choose Surface.
5 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the Expression section. From the menu, choose Model>Component 1>Laminar
Two-Phase Flow, Phase Field>p - Pressure.
6 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
7 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Derived Values
Go on to compute and plot the position of the interface/wall contact point.
1 On the Results toolbar, click More Derived Values and choose Integration>Line
Integration.
2 Select Boundary 6 only.
3 In the Settings window for Line Integration, click Replace Expression in the
upper-right corner of the Expression section. From the menu, choose
Model>Component 1>Laminar Two-Phase Flow, Phase Field>tpf.Vf2 - Volume fraction
of fluid 2.
4 Locate the Expression section. Select the Description check box.
5 In the associated text field, type Contact point position.
6 Click the Evaluate button.
TA BL E
1 Go to the Table window.
2 Click Table Graph in the window toolbar. Compare this graph with that in the lower
panel of Figure 6.
Finally, check the value of the contact angle at t = 0.6 ms (Figure 7).
2D Plot Group 6
1 On the Results toolbar, click 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Time (s) list, choose 6.0000E-4.
4 Right-click Results>2D Plot Group 6 and choose Contour.
5 In the Settings window for Contour, locate the Levels section.
6 From the Entry method list, choose Levels.
The following example illustrates how you can set up a macroscopic two-phase flow
model in COMSOL Multiphysics using the Mixture Model, Laminar Flow interface.
The model is based on the “diffusive flux” model described in Ref. 1, Ref. 2, and Ref.
3, suitable for liquid-solid mixtures with high concentrations of solid particles. It
accounts for not only buoyancy effects but also shear-induced migration; that is, the
tendency of particles to migrate toward regions of lower shear rates.
The model simulates the flow of a dense suspension consisting of light, solid particles
in a liquid placed between two concentric cylinders. The inner cylinder rotates while
the outer one is fixed.
Model Definition
A suspension is a mixture of solid particles and a liquid. The dynamics of a suspension
can be modeled by a momentum transport equation for the mixture, a continuity
equation, and a transport equation for the solid phase volume fraction. The Mixture
Model, Laminar Flow interface automatically sets up these equations. It uses the
following equation to model the momentum transport:
∂u T
ρ + ρ ( u ⋅ ∇ )u = – ∇p – ∇ ⋅ ( ρc s ( 1 – c s )u slip u slip ) + ∇ ⋅ [ η ( ∇u + ∇u ) ] + ρg
∂t
where u is the mass averaged mixture velocity (m/s), p denotes the pressure (Pa), g
refers to the acceleration of gravity (m/s2), cs is the dimensionless particle mass
1 | TW O - P H A S E F L O W M O D E L I N G O F A D E N S E S U S P E N S I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
fraction, and uslip gives the relative velocity between the solid and the liquid phases
(m/s). Further, ρ = ( 1 – φ s )ρ f + φ s ρ s is the mixture density, where ρf and ρs are the
pure-phase densities (kg/m3) of liquid and solids, respectively, and φ s is the
solid-phase volume fraction (m3/m3). Finally, η represents the mixture viscosity (Ns/
m2) according to the Krieger-type expression
φ s – 2,5φ max
η = η f 1 – ------------ (1)
φ max
where ηf is the dynamic viscosity of the pure fluid and φ max is the maximum packing
concentration.
The mixture model uses the following form of the continuity equation
( ρ f – ρ s ) [ ∇ ⋅ ( φ s ( 1 – c s )u slip ) ] + ρ f ( ∇ ⋅ u ) = 0 (2)
∂φ s
+ ∇ ⋅ ( φs us ) = 0 (3)
∂t
∂φ s
+ ∇ ⋅ ( φ s u + φ s ( 1 – c s )u slip ) = 0 (4)
∂t
Rao and others (Ref. 2) formulate the continuity equation and the particle transport
in a slightly different way. Instead of the slip velocity, uslip, they define a particle flux,
Js (kg /(m2·s)), and write the continuity equation as
ρs – ρf
∇ ⋅ u = ---------------- ( ∇ ⋅ J s ) (5)
ρs ρf
∂φ s ∇⋅J
-------- + ∇ ⋅ ( φ s u ) = – --------------s- (6)
∂t ρs
2 | TW O - P H A S E F L O W M O D E L I N G O F A D E N S E S U S P E N S I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Js
u slip = -------------------------------
φs ρs ( 1 – cs )
In this example you use the model for the particle flux, Js, as suggested by Subia and
others (Ref. 3) and Rao and others (Ref. 2), but the open and editable format of
COMSOL Multiphysics makes it possible to specify the expression arbitrarily.
Js
------ = – [ φD φ ∇ ( γ· φ ) + φ γ· D η ∇ ( ln η ) ] + f h u st φ
2
ρs
Here, ust is the settling velocity (m/s) of a single particle surrounded by fluid and D φ
and Dη are empirically fitted parameters (m2) given by
2
D φ = 0,41a
2
D η = 0,62a
· 1
γ = --- ( γ· :γ· )
2 ˜ ˜
· 1 2 2 2
γ = --- ( 4u x + 2 ( u y + v x ) + 4v y )
2
The settling velocity, ust, for a single spherical particle surrounded by pure fluid is
given by
2
2 a ( ρs – ρf )
u st = --- ---------------------------- g
9 η0
3 | TW O - P H A S E F L O W M O D E L I N G O F A D E N S E S U S P E N S I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
For several particles in a fluid, the settling velocity is lower. To account for the
surrounding particles, the settling velocity for a single particle is multiplied by the
hindering function, fh, defined as
η f ( 1 – φ av )
f h = ----------------------------
η
where φ av is the average solid phase volume fraction in the suspension, ηf is the
dynamic viscosity of the pure fluid (Ns/m2), and η is the mixture viscosity
(Equation 1).
The following table gives the physical properties of the solid and the liquid phases:
BOUNDARY CONDITIONS
The suspension is placed in a Couette device, that is, between two concentric cylinders.
The inner cylinder rotates while the outer one is fixed. The radii of the two cylinders
are 0.64 cm and 2.54 cm, respectively. The inner cylinder rotates at a steady rate of
55 rpm. With the cylinder centered at (0,0), this corresponds to a velocity of
110π
( u, v ) = ------------- ( y, – x )
60
4 | TW O - P H A S E F L O W M O D E L I N G O F A D E N S E S U S P E N S I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
The fluid and particle motion is small along the direction of the cylinder axis. You can
therefore use a 2-dimensional model. Figure 1 shows the corresponding geometry.
Figure 1: Geometry of the Couette device. The inner cylinder rotates, the outer one is fixed.
There is no particle flux through the boundaries, and the suspension velocity satisfies
no-slip conditions at all walls.
INITIAL CONDITIONS
There are two different initial particle distributions. In the first example, the particles
are evenly distributed within the device. In the second example, the particles are
initially gathered at the top of the device.
Results
5 | TW O - P H A S E F L O W M O D E L I N G O F A D E N S E S U S P E N S I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Figure 2: The particle concentration φ s at different times. The particles move to regions
with lower shear rate and rise because of buoyancy.
6 | TW O - P H A S E F L O W M O D E L I N G O F A D E N S E S U S P E N S I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
C A S E 2 — P A R T I C L E S I N I T I A L L Y G A T H E R E D A T T H E TO P O F T H E D E V I C E
In this case the particles are initially gathered at the top of the device. The particle
volume fraction is initially zero in the lower part, while it is 0.59 at the top.
References
1. R.J. Phillips, R.C. Armstrong, R.A. Brown, A.L. Graham, and J.R. Abbot, “A
Constitutive Equation for Concentrated Suspensions that Accounts for Shear-induced
Particle Migration,” Phys. Fluids A, vol. 4, pp. 30–40, 1992.
7 | TW O - P H A S E F L O W M O D E L I N G O F A D E N S E S U S P E N S I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
3. S.R. Subia, M.S. Ingber, L.A. Mondy, S.A. Altobelli, and A.L. Graham, “Modelling
of Concentrated Suspensions Using a Continuum Constitutive Equation,” J. Fluid
Mech., vol. 373, pp. 193–219, 1998.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 2D.
2 In the Select physics tree, select Fluid Flow>Multiphase Flow>Mixture Model>Mixture
Model, Laminar Flow (mm).
3 Click Add.
4 In the Select physics tree, select Mathematics>PDE Interfaces>General Form PDE (g).
5 Click Add.
6 In the Dependent variables table, enter the following settings:
gamma
7 Click Study.
8 | TW O - P H A S E F L O W M O D E L I N G O F A D E N S E S U S P E N S I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
8 In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies for Selected Physics Interfaces>Time
Dependent.
9 Click Done.
DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 On the Model toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 Click Load from File.
4 Browse to the model’s Model Library folder and double-click the file
dense_suspension_parameters.txt.
GEOMETRY 1
Circle 1 (c1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Circle.
2 In the Settings window for Circle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Radius text field, type 0.0064.
4 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Geometry 1>Circle 1 (c1) and choose Build
Selected.
Circle 2 (c2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Circle.
2 In the Settings window for Circle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Radius text field, type 0.0254.
4 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Geometry 1>Circle 2 (c2) and choose Build
Selected.
Compose 1 (co1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Compose.
2 Select the objects c2 and c1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Compose, locate the Compose section.
4 In the Set formula text field, type c2-c1.
5 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Geometry 1>Compose 1 (co1) and choose Build
Selected.
6 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
9 | TW O - P H A S E F L O W M O D E L I N G O F A D E N S E S U S P E N S I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
DEFINITIONS
Define an integration coupling operator that you will use to specify the point
constraint.
Integration 1 (intop1)
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Component Couplings and choose Integration.
2 In the Settings window for Integration, locate the Source Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose All domains.
Variables 1
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Local Variables.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
3 Click Load from File.
4 Browse to the model’s Model Library folder and double-click the file
dense_suspension_variables.txt.
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Mixture Model,
Laminar Flow (mm).
2 In the Settings window for Mixture Model, Laminar Flow, locate the Physical Model
section.
3 From the Slip model list, choose User defined.
Mixture Properties 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mixture Model, Laminar
Flow (mm) click Mixture Properties 1.
2 In the Settings window for Mixture Properties, locate the Continuous Phase
Properties section.
3 From the ρc list, choose User defined. In the associated text field, type rho_f.
4 From the μc list, choose User defined. In the associated text field, type eta_f.
5 Locate the Dispersed Phase Properties section. From the ρd list, choose User defined.
In the associated text field, type rho_s.
10 | TW O - P H A S E F L O W M O D E L I N G O F A D E N S E S U S P E N S I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
J1/(phid*rho_s*(1-mm.cd)) x
J2/(phid*rho_s*(1-mm.cd)) y
Initial Values 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mixture Model, Laminar
Flow (mm) click Initial Values 1.
2 In the Settings window for Initial Values, locate the Initial Values section.
3 In the phid text field, type phi0.
Gravity 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Gravity.
2 In the Settings window for Gravity, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose All domains.
Inlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundaries 3, 4, 6, and 7 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Mixture Boundary Condition section.
4 Specify the u0 vector as
c_vel*y x
-c_vel*x y
5 Locate the Dispersed Phase Boundary Condition section. From the Dispersed phase
boundary condition list, choose No dispersed phase flux.
For the continuous phase, the default boundary condition, No slip, is correct for the
remaining boundaries. For the dispersed phase, the default condition, No dispersed
phase flux, is correct for all boundaries.
6 In the Model Builder window’s toolbar, click the Show button and select Advanced
Physics Options in the menu.
Weak Constraint 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Points and choose Weak Constraint.
2 Select Point 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Weak Constraint, locate the Weak Constraint section.
11 | TW O - P H A S E F L O W M O D E L I N G O F A D E N S E S U S P E N S I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Component 1 (comp1) node, then click
General Form PDE (g).
2 In the Settings window for General Form PDE, locate the Units section.
3 Find the Dependent variable quantity subsection. From the list, choose None.
4 In the Unit text field, type 1/s.
5 Find the Source term quantity subsection. In the Unit text field, type 1/s.
0 x
0 y
5 Locate the Damping or Mass Coefficient section. In the da text field, type 0.
Flux/Source 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Flux/Source.
2 In the Settings window for Flux/Source, locate the Boundary Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose All boundaries.
MESH 1
Size
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Mesh 1 and
choose Free Triangular.
12 | TW O - P H A S E F L O W M O D E L I N G O F A D E N S E S U S P E N S I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
3 From the Calibrate for list, choose Fluid dynamics.
4 From the Predefined list, choose Finer.
5 Click the Custom button.
6 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. In the Maximum element size text field,
type 0.0012.
7 Click the Build All button.
STUDY 1
Solution 1
1 On the Study toolbar, click Show Default Solver.
2 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1>Solver Configurations node.
3 In the Model Builder window, expand the Solution 1 node.
4 In the Model Builder window, under Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution 1 click
Time-Dependent Solver 1.
5 In the Settings window for Time-Dependent Solver, click to expand the Advanced
section.
6 From the Error estimation list, choose Exclude algebraic.
7 On the Study toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
Mixture (mm)
To visualize the volume fraction of the dispersed phase as a surface plot along with the
mixture velocity field as an arrow surface plot, follow the steps given below.
13 | TW O - P H A S E F L O W M O D E L I N G O F A D E N S E S U S P E N S I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
This completes Case 1. Now model the case with the particles initially gathered at the
top.
DEFINITIONS
Define the particle concentration distribution using the step function.
Step 1 (step1)
1 On the Model toolbar, click Functions and choose Local>Step.
2 In the Settings window for Step, click to expand the Smoothing section.
3 In the Size of transition zone text field, type 2*2.
Variables 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Definitions click Variables
1.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
14 | TW O - P H A S E F L O W M O D E L I N G O F A D E N S E S U S P E N S I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Initial Values 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Initial Values.
2 In the Settings window for Initial Values, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose All domains.
4 Locate the Initial Values section. In the phid text field, type phi0_2.
In order to avoid dividing by zero in the region where the particle volume fraction is
initially zero, modify the expressions for the slip velocity.
Mixture Properties 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mixture Model, Laminar
Flow (mm) click Mixture Properties 1.
2 In the Settings window for Mixture Properties, locate the Mixture Model section.
3 Specify the uslip vector as
J1/(phid*rho_s*(1-mm.cd)+eps) x
J2/(phid*rho_s*(1-mm.cd)+eps) y
COMPONENT 1 (COMP1)
Create a finer mesh compared to the one used in the previous case.
MESH 2
Size
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Meshes right-click Mesh 2
and choose Free Triangular.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
3 From the Predefined list, choose Extra fine.
15 | TW O - P H A S E F L O W M O D E L I N G O F A D E N S E S U S P E N S I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
ADD STUDY
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Study to open the Add Study window.
2 Go to the Add Study window.
3 Find the Studies subsection. In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies>Time
Dependent.
4 Click Add Study in the window toolbar.
STUDY 2
Geometry Mesh
Geometry 1 mesh2
Solution 2
1 On the Study toolbar, click Show Default Solver.
2 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 2>Solver Configurations node.
3 In the Model Builder window, expand the Solution 2 node.
4 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 2>Solver Configurations>Solution
2>Dependent Variables 1 node, then click Velocity field, mixture (comp1.u).
5 In the Settings window for Field, locate the Scaling section.
6 From the Method list, choose Manual.
7 In the Scale text field, type 0.1.
16 | TW O - P H A S E F L O W M O D E L I N G O F A D E N S E S U S P E N S I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
RESULTS
Mixture (mm) 1
To visualize the volume fraction of the dispersed phase as a surface plot along with the
arrow plot of the mixture velocity, follow the steps given below.
17 | TW O - P H A S E F L O W M O D E L I N G O F A D E N S E S U S P E N S I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
18 | TW O - P H A S E F L O W M O D E L I N G O F A D E N S E S U S P E N S I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Displacement Ventilation
Introduction
The present model investigates the performance of a displacement ventilation system.
Given measured values for inlet velocity, inlet temperature, and heat flux, this model
yields field configurations of air temperature and velocity that are consistent with
experimental measurements and analytic global models (Ref. 1).
Model Definition
In general, there are two classes of ventilation: mixing ventilation and displacement
ventilation. In displacement ventilation, air enters a room at the floor level and
displaces warmer air to achieve the desired temperature. Heating sources in the room
can include running electronic devices, or inlet jets of warm air. A potential issue with
the displacement ventilation approach is that significant temperature variation and
strong stratification may arise.
The model geometry consists of a test chamber with the dimensions 2.5 m by 3.65 m
by 3 m. A warm jet enters the chamber from an inlet located at the floor center. Fresh
air, at constant temperature and relatively low velocity, is supplied through a wall inlet.
Heat exits the chamber through an exhaust located in the center of the ceiling. The
walls of the chambers are almost perfectly insulated.
1 | D I S P L A C E M E N T VE N T I L A T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Exhaust
(outlet)
Symmetry plane
Fresh air
Warm jet
(inlet) (inlet)
Figure 1: The modeling domain is reduced to half the chamber size due to symmetry.
gαΔT
--------------- « 1 (1)
U2 ⁄ L
where g is the gravity (m/s2), α(1/K) is the coefficient of thermal expansion, T (K)
the temperature, U (m/s) the velocity, and L (m) refers to the characteristic length.
Equation 1 states that the buoyancy force is small compared to the inertial force. In
such a situation, the character of the flow field is described by the Reynolds number,
Re = UL/ν where ν (m2/s) is the kinematic viscosity. Natural convection occurs if
Equation 1 is not fulfilled, in which case the flow field character is described by the
Grashof number,
gαΔTL 3
Gr = ----------------------
-
ν2
2 | D I S P L A C E M E N T VE N T I L A T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
If the convective forces and buoyant forces are of the same order of magnitude, then
Gr1/2 can be interpreted as the ratio between the inertial and viscous forces. That is,
when the Grashof number is large, the flow becomes turbulent.
To investigate if Equation 1 holds, the air can approximated as an ideal gas in which
case α = 1/T. Furthermore, ΔT ≈ 20 K, U ≈ 1 m/s, and L ≈ 2 m. This gives
gαΔT 9.8 ⋅ 20 ⋅ 2-
--------------- ≈ -------------------------- = 1.3
U2 ⁄ L 1 2 ⋅ 300
Hence, it is the Grashof number that determines whether the flow is turbulent or
laminar. Using the same approximations as above:
9.8 ⋅ 20 ⋅ 2 3
Gr ≈ ----------------------------------------------- = 2 ⋅ 10 10 (2)
( 1.6 ⋅ 10 –5 ) 2 ⋅ 300
Modeling Considerations
You model the flow using the k-ω model. The main reason for using the k-ω model
over the k-ε model is that former is in general more reliable when it comes to
predicting the spreading rate of jets (Ref. 2). The k-ω model uses wall functions which
is quite all right in this case since all walls are almost insulated and there would not be
much benefit from using the more expensive low-Re k-ε model.
As can be seen in Figure 1, the inlets and the outlet have been extended with small
domains. This is to avoid having velocity conditions perpendicular to the
no-penetration conditions of the walls, which often turns out to be numerically
unstable.
The model is solved in two steps. In the first step, the viscosity is set to approximately
25 times higher than the physical viscosity. This factor is lowered to the physical
viscosity in a second computational step which uses the result from the first step as
initial guess. This step-wise procedure has the benefit that it is often easier to solve a
model with lower Reynolds number. The resulting intermediate solutions can also be
used to investigate the possible need for mesh refinement before moving on towards
the correct Reynolds number.
3 | D I S P L A C E M E N T VE N T I L A T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
4 | D I S P L A C E M E N T VE N T I L A T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Figure 4 shows a comparison of the computed and measured temperature along the
line (1.25,0,0) → (1.25,0,3), that is through the center of the jet. While the
computational result captures the main trend with decreasing temperature with height,
it still over predicts the experimental result with 2 °C at z=2.6 m. There are two
possible reasons for this. The first is, as mentioned in Ref. 1, that the test chamber is
not as well insulated as intended. The other possible explanation is that the buoyancy
induced production in the k and ω equations (see for example Ref. 3) must be included
5 | D I S P L A C E M E N T VE N T I L A T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
References
1. D. Mazoni and P. Guitton, “Validation of Displacement Ventilation Simplified
Models,” Proceedings of ‘Building Simulation '97’, the Fifth International IBSPA
Conference, vol. I, pp. 233–239, International Building Performance Simulation
Association (IBSPA), 1997.
2. D.C. Wilcox, Turbulence Model for CFD, second ed., DCW Industries, La Canada,
CA, 1998.
6 | D I S P L A C E M E N T VE N T I L A T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 3D.
2 In the Select physics tree, select Fluid Flow>Non-Isothermal Flow>Turbulent
Flow>Turbulent Flow, k-ω.
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies for Selected Physics Interfaces>Stationary.
6 Click Done.
DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 On the Model toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
Variables 1
1 On the Model toolbar, click Variables and choose Local Variables.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
7 | D I S P L A C E M E N T VE N T I L A T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
GEOMETRY 1
Block 1 (blk1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Block.
2 In the Settings window for Block, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type D.
4 In the Depth text field, type W.
5 In the Height text field, type 2*H.
6 Locate the Position section. In the y text field, type -W/2.
7 In the z text field, type -H.
Block 2 (blk2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Block.
2 In the Settings window for Block, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.05[m].
4 In the Height text field, type 2*Hd.
5 In the Depth text field, type Ad/Hd.
6 Locate the Position section. In the x text field, type -0.05[m].
7 In the y text field, type -Ad/Hd/2.
8 In the z text field, type -Hd.
Union 1 (uni1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Union.
8 | D I S P L A C E M E N T VE N T I L A T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Block 3 (blk3)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Block.
2 In the Settings window for Block, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type 4[m].
4 In the Depth text field, type 4[m].
5 In the Height text field, type 4[m].
6 Locate the Position section. In the x text field, type -1[m].
7 In the y text field, type -2[m].
8 In the z text field, type -4[m].
Difference 1 (dif1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Difference.
2 In the Settings window for Difference, locate the Difference section.
3 Clear the Keep interior boundaries check box.
4 Select the object uni1 only.
5 Find the Objects to subtract subsection. Select the Active toggle button.
6 Select the object blk3 only.
Block 4 (blk4)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Block.
2 In the Settings window for Block, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type 3[m].
4 In the Depth text field, type 2[m].
5 In the Height text field, type 5[m].
6 Locate the Position section. In the x text field, type -0.2[m].
7 In the y text field, type -2[m].
8 In the z text field, type -1[m].
Difference 2 (dif2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Difference.
2 In the Settings window for Difference, locate the Difference section.
9 | D I S P L A C E M E N T VE N T I L A T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Block 5 (blk5)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Block.
2 In the Settings window for Block, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type sqrt(As).
4 In the Depth text field, type sqrt(As)/2.
5 In the Height text field, type H/2.
6 Locate the Position section. In the x text field, type D/2-sqrt(As)/2.
7 In the z text field, type -0.05[m].
Block 6 (blk6)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Block.
2 In the Settings window for Block, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type sqrt(Ao).
4 In the Depth text field, type sqrt(Ao)/2.
5 In the Height text field, type 0.45[m].
6 Locate the Position section. In the x text field, type D/2-sqrt(Ao)/2.
7 In the y text field, type 0.
8 In the z text field, type H-0.3[m].
ADD MATERIAL
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Material to open the Add Material window.
10 | D I S P L A C E M E N T VE N T I L A T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Fluid Properties 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Component 1 (comp1)>Turbulent Flow, k-ω
(spf) node, then click Fluid Properties 1.
2 In the Settings window for Fluid Properties, locate the Fluid Properties section.
3 From the μ list, choose User defined. In the associated text field, type 5e-4[Pa*s].
Volume Force 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Volume Force.
2 Select Domain 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Volume Force, locate the Volume Force section.
4 Specify the F vector as
0 x
0 y
-g_const*nitf1.rho z
Inlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 13 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Velocity section.
4 In the U0 text field, type Us.
5 Locate the Turbulence Conditions section. In the IT text field, type 0.13.
6 In the LT text field, type 0.01[m].
The air probably enters through a grid. It is therefore appropriate to set a high inlet
intensity and short length scale.
Inlet 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 1 only.
11 | D I S P L A C E M E N T VE N T I L A T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Turbulence Conditions section.
4 In the IT text field, type 0.05.
5 In the LT text field, type 0.01[m].
6 Locate the Velocity section. In the U0 text field, type Ud.
Outlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Outlet.
2 Select Boundary 10 only.
3 In the Settings window for Outlet, locate the Pressure Conditions section.
4 Select the Normal flow check box.
Symmetry 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Symmetry.
2 Select Boundary 2 only.
H E A T TR A N S F E R I N F L U I D S ( H T )
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Symmetry.
2 Select Boundary 2 only.
Temperature 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Temperature.
2 Select Boundary 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Temperature, locate the Temperature section.
4 In the T0 text field, type Tdiff.
Temperature 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Temperature.
2 Select Boundary 13 only.
3 In the Settings window for Temperature, locate the Temperature section.
4 In the T0 text field, type Tsource.
Outflow 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Outflow.
2 Select Boundary 10 only.
Heat Flux 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Heat Flux.
12 | D I S P L A C E M E N T VE N T I L A T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
2 In the Settings window for Heat Flux, locate the Heat Flux section.
3 Click the Convective heat flux button.
4 In the h text field, type 0.4[W/(m^2*K)].
5 In the Text text field, type Tout.
6 Select Boundaries 6–8 and 17 only.
Add an initial pressure profile that is consistent both with the outlet pressure condition
and the gravity force.
Initial Values 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Turbulent Flow, k-ω (spf)
click Initial Values 1.
2 In the Settings window for Initial Values, locate the Initial Values section.
3 In the p text field, type 1.2[kg/m^3]*9.8[m/s^2]*(H+0.15[m]-z).
MESH 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Mesh 1.
2 In the Settings window for Mesh, locate the Mesh Settings section.
3 From the Element size list, choose Fine.
Size 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 and choose Edit Physics-Induced Sequence.
2 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 click Size 1.
3 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Geometric Entity Selection section.
4 Click Clear Selection.
5 Select Boundaries 4, 5, 9, 11, 12, and 14–16 only.
6 Locate the Element Size section. Click the Custom button.
7 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. Select the Maximum element size check
box.
8 In the associated text field, type 0.015.
Size 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 right-click Free
Tetrahedral 1 and choose Size.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
13 | D I S P L A C E M E N T VE N T I L A T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
RESULTS
Large models may be easier to work with if the plots are only updated on request.
STUDY 1
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Study 1 and choose Rename.
2 In the Rename Study dialog box, type mu=5e-4[Pa*s] in the New label text field.
3 Click OK.
4 On the Model toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
Velocity (spf)
The cell Reynolds number can be of help to determine the need for mesh refinement
before you lower the viscosity again.
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Velocity (spf) node, then click Slice 1.
2 In the Settings window for Slice, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Turbulent Flow,
k-ω>spf.cellRe - Cell Reynolds number.
14 | D I S P L A C E M E N T VE N T I L A T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Fluid Properties 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Turbulent Flow, k-ω (spf)
click Fluid Properties 1.
2 In the Settings window for Fluid Properties, locate the Fluid Properties section.
3 From the μ list, choose From material.
ADD STUDY
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Study to open the Add Study window.
2 Go to the Add Study window.
3 Find the Studies subsection. In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies>Stationary.
4 Click Add Study in the window toolbar.
5 On the Model toolbar, click Add Study to close the Add Study window.
15 | D I S P L A C E M E N T VE N T I L A T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
STUDY 2
Step 1: Stationary
1 In the Model Builder window, under Study 2 click Step 1: Stationary.
2 In the Settings window for Stationary, click to expand the Values of dependent
variables section.
3 Locate the Values of Dependent Variables section. Select the Initial values of variables
solved for check box.
4 From the Method list, choose Solution.
5 From the Study list, choose mu=5e-4[Pa*s], Stationary.
6 In the Model Builder window, right-click Study 2 and choose Rename.
7 In the Rename Study dialog box, type mu from material in the New label text field.
8 Click OK.
9 On the Model toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
Temperature (ht) 1
Proceed to reproduce Figure 2.
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Temperature (ht) 1 node, then click Surface
1.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Coloring and Style section.
3 From the Coloring list, choose Uniform.
4 From the Color list, choose Gray.
5 Click the Transparency button on the Graphics toolbar.
6 In the Model Builder window, right-click Temperature (ht) 1 and choose Streamline.
7 In the Settings window for Streamline, locate the Data section.
8 From the Data set list, choose mu from material/Solution 2.
9 Locate the Streamline Positioning section. From the Positioning list, choose Uniform
density.
10 In the Separating distance text field, type 0.07.
11 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Line type list, choose Ribbon.
12 Right-click Results>Temperature (ht) 1>Streamline 1 and choose Color Expression.
16 | D I S P L A C E M E N T VE N T I L A T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
13 In the Settings window for Color Expression, click Replace Expression in the
upper-right corner of the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component
1>Heat Transfer in Fluids>Temperature>T - Temperature.
14 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Color table list, choose Thermal.
15 Click to expand the Range section. Select the Manual color range check box.
16 In the Minimum text field, type 293.
17 In the Maximum text field, type 300.
3D Plot Group 11
Execute the following steps to reproduce Figure 3.
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 3D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 3D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Data set list, choose mu from material/Solution 2.
4 Right-click Results>3D Plot Group 11 and choose Isosurface.
5 In the Settings window for Isosurface, locate the Expression section.
6 In the Expression text field, type T.
7 From the Unit list, choose degC.
8 Locate the Levels section. From the Entry method list, choose Levels.
9 In the Levels text field, type 22 23 24 25 26.
10 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Color table list, choose ThermalLight.
11 On the 3D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
TA BL E
The following steps will reproduce Figure 4.
17 | D I S P L A C E M E N T VE N T I L A T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
RESULTS
1D Plot Group 12
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results>1D Plot Group 12 click Table Graph 1.
2 In the Settings window for Table Graph, locate the Data section.
3 From the x-axis data list, choose Column 2.
4 Locate the Coloring and Style section. Find the Line style subsection. From the Line
list, choose None.
5 Find the Line markers subsection. From the Marker list, choose Circle.
6 From the Positioning list, choose In data points.
Data Sets
1 On the Results toolbar, click Cut Line 3D.
2 In the Settings window for Cut Line 3D, locate the Data section.
3 From the Data set list, choose mu from material/Solution 2.
4 Locate the Line Data section. In row Point 1, set x to D/2.
5 In row Point 2, set x to D/2.
6 In row Point 2, set z to H.
1D Plot Group 12
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results click 1D Plot Group 12.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Data set list, choose Cut Line 3D 1.
4 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Line Graph.
5 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
6 In the Expression text field, type z.
7 Locate the x-Axis Data section. From the Parameter list, choose Expression.
8 In the Expression text field, type T.
9 From the Unit list, choose degC.
10 Click to expand the Coloring and style section. Locate the Coloring and Style section.
Find the Line style subsection. In the Width text field, type 3.
11 In the Model Builder window, click 1D Plot Group 12.
12 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, click to expand the Title section.
13 From the Title type list, choose None.
18 | D I S P L A C E M E N T VE N T I L A T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
14 Locate the Plot Settings section. Select the x-axis label check box.
15 In the associated text field, type T [degC].
16 Select the y-axis label check box.
17 In the associated text field, type z [m].
18 Locate the Axis section. Select the Manual axis limits check box.
19 In the x minimum text field, type 0.
20 In the x maximum text field, type 46.
21 In the y minimum text field, type 0.
22 In the y maximum text field, type 3.
19 | D I S P L A C E M E N T VE N T I L A T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
20 | D I S P L A C E M E N T VE N T I L A T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Dr o ple t Br e a k u p i n a T- Ju n c t i on
Introduction
Emulsions consist of small liquid droplets immersed in another liquid, typically oil in
water or water in oil. Emulsions find wide application in the production of food,
cosmetics, and pharmaceutical products. The properties and quality of an emulsion
typically depend on the size and the distribution of the droplets. This model studies in
detail how to create uniform droplets in a microchannel T-junction.
Setting up the model you can make use of the Laminar Two-Phase Flow, Level Set
interface. The model uses the predefined wetted wall boundary condition at the solid
walls, with a contact angle of 135°. From the results, you can determine the size of the
created droplets and the rate with which they are produced.
Model Definition
Figure 1 shows the geometry of the T-shaped microchannel with a rectangular cross
section. For the separated fluid elements to correspond to droplets, the geometry is
modeled in 3D. Due to symmetry, it is sufficient to model only half of the junction
geometry. The modeling domain is shown in Figure 1. The fluid to be dispersed into
1 | D R O P L E T B R E A K U P I N A T- J U N C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
small droplets, Fluid 2, enters through the vertical channel. The other fluid, Fluid 1,
flows from the right to left through the horizontal channel.
Inlet, fluid 2
Outlet
The problem described is straight forward to set up with the Laminar Two-Phase Flow,
Level Set interface. The interface sets up a momentum transport equation, a continuity
equation, and a level set equation for the level set variable. The fluid interface is defined
by the 0.5 contour of the level set function.
∂u T
ρ + ρ ( u ⋅ ∇ )u = ∇ ⋅ [ – p I + μ ( ∇u + ( ∇u ) ) ] + F st
∂t
∇⋅u = 0
∂φ ∇φ-
------ + u ⋅ ∇φ = γ∇ ⋅ – φ ( 1 – φ ) --------- + ε∇φ
∂t ∇φ
In the equations above, ρ denotes density (kg/m3), u velocity (m/s), t time (s), μ
dynamic viscosity (Pa·s), p pressure (Pa), and Fst the surface tension force (N/m3).
Furthermore, φ is the level set function, and γ and ε are numerical stabilization
parameters. The density and viscosity are calculated from
2 | D R O P L E T B R E A K U P I N A T- J U N C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
ρ = ρ 1 + ( ρ 2 – ρ 1 )φ
μ = μ 1 + ( μ 2 – μ 1 )φ
where ρ1, ρ2, μ1, and μ2 are the densities and viscosities of Fluid 1 and Fluid 2.
PHYSICAL PARAMETERS
The two liquids have the following physical properties:
BOUNDARY CONDITIONS
At both inlets, Laminar inflow conditions with prescribed volume flows are used. At
the outflow boundary, the Pressure, no viscous stress condition is set. The Wetted wall
boundary condition applies to all solid boundaries with the contact angle specified as
135° and a slip length equal to the mesh size parameter, h. The contact angle is the
angle between the fluid interface and the solid wall at points where the fluid interface
attaches to the wall. The slip length is the distance to the position outside the wall
where the extrapolated tangential velocity component is zero (see Figure 2).
Fluid 1
u Wall
Wall
θ
Fluid 2
β
3 | D R O P L E T B R E A K U P I N A T- J U N C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Figure 3: Velocity streamlines, velocity on the symmetry plane, and the phase boundary at
t = 0.02 s, 0.04 s, 0.06 s, and 0.08 s.
You can calculate the effective diameter, deff—that is, the diameter of a spherical
droplet with the same volume as the formed droplet—using the following expression:
3
d eff = 2 ⋅ 3 ------
4π Ω ( φ > 0.5 ) dΩ (1)
Here, Ω represents the leftmost part of the horizontal channel, where x < −0.2 mm. In
this case, the results show that deff is about 0.12 mm. The results are in fair agreement
with those presented in Ref. 1.
Reference
1. S. van der Graaf, et al., “Lattice Boltzmann Simulations of Droplet Formation in a
T-Shaped Microchannel,” Langmuir, vol. 22, pp. 4144–4152, 2006.
4 | D R O P L E T B R E A K U P I N A T- J U N C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 3D.
2 In the Select physics tree, select Fluid Flow>Multiphase Flow>Two-Phase Flow, Level
Set>Laminar Two-Phase Flow, Level Set (tpf).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies>Transient with Phase Initialization.
6 Click Done.
GEOMETRY 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Geometry 1.
2 In the Settings window for Geometry, locate the Units section.
3 From the Length unit list, choose mm.
Rectangle 1 (r1)
1 On the Work plane toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.1.
4 In the Height text field, type 0.4.
5 Locate the Position section. In the yw text field, type 0.1.
5 | D R O P L E T B R E A K U P I N A T- J U N C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Rectangle 2 (r2)
1 On the Work plane toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type 1.
4 In the Height text field, type 0.1.
5 Locate the Position section. In the xw text field, type -0.7.
Plane Geometry
1 On the Work plane toolbar, click Build All.
2 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Polygon 1 (pol1)
1 On the Work plane toolbar, click Primitives and choose Polygon.
2 In the Settings window for Polygon, locate the Object Type section.
3 From the Type list, choose Open curve.
4 Locate the Coordinates section. In the xw text field, type 0 0.1.
5 In the yw text field, type 0.2 0.2.
6 Click the Build Selected button.
Polygon 2 (pol2)
1 On the Work plane toolbar, click Primitives and choose Polygon.
2 In the Settings window for Polygon, locate the Coordinates section.
3 In the xw text field, type 0.1 0.1.
4 In the yw text field, type 0 0.1.
5 Click the Build Selected button.
Extrude 1 (ext1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Extrude.
2 In the Settings window for Extrude, locate the Distances from Plane section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
Distances (mm)
0.05
6 | D R O P L E T B R E A K U P I N A T- J U N C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
MATERIALS
Material 1 (mat1)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Materials and
choose Blank Material.
2 Right-click Material 1 (mat1) and choose Rename.
3 In the Rename Material dialog box, type Fluid 1 in the New label text field.
4 Click OK.
5 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Material Contents section.
6 In the table, enter the following settings:
Material 2 (mat2)
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Materials and choose Blank Material.
2 Right-click Material 2 (mat2) and choose Rename.
3 In the Rename Material dialog box, type Fluid 2 in the New label text field.
4 Click OK.
5 In the Settings window for Material, click to expand the Material properties section.
6 Locate the Material Properties section. In the Material properties tree, select Basic
Properties>Density.
7 Click Add to Material.
8 In the Material properties tree, select Basic Properties>Dynamic Viscosity.
9 Click Add to Material.
7 | D R O P L E T B R E A K U P I N A T- J U N C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
10 Locate the Material Contents section. In the table, enter the following settings:
DEFINITIONS
Step 1 (step1)
1 On the Model toolbar, click Functions and choose Local>Step.
2 In the Settings window for Step, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the Location text field, type 1e-3.
4 Click to expand the Smoothing section. In the Size of transition zone text field, type
2e-3.
Add an integration operator that you will use to calculate the effective droplet diameter
according to Equation 1 in the Model Definition section.
Integration 1 (intop1)
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Component Couplings and choose Integration.
2 In the Settings window for Integration, locate the Source Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose All domains.
Variables 1
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Local Variables.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
8 | D R O P L E T B R E A K U P I N A T- J U N C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
L A M I N A R TW O - P H A S E F L O W, L E V E L S E T ( T P F )
The mesh can be controlled very well in this model, which makes it possible to use a
lower element order without reducing the accuracy.
1 In the Model Builder window’s toolbar, click the Show button and select Discretization
in the menu.
2 In the Model Builder window, expand the Component 1 (comp1)>Laminar Two-Phase
Flow, Level Set (tpf) node, then click Laminar Two-Phase Flow, Level Set (tpf).
3 In the Settings window for Laminar Two-Phase Flow, Level Set, click to expand the
Discretization section.
4 From the Discretization of fluids list, choose P1 + P1.
Fluid Properties 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Laminar Two-Phase Flow,
Level Set (tpf) click Fluid Properties 1.
2 In the Settings window for Fluid Properties, locate the Fluid 1 Properties section.
3 From the Fluid 1 list, choose Fluid 1 (mat1).
4 Locate the Fluid 2 Properties section. From the Fluid 2 list, choose Fluid 2 (mat2).
5 Locate the Surface Tension section. From the Surface tension coefficient list, choose
User defined. In the σ text field, type 5e-3[N/m].
6 Locate the Level Set Parameters section. In the γ text field, type 0.05[m/s].
7 In the εls text field, type 5e-6[m].
Wall 1
Because this is the default boundary condition node, you cannot modify the selection
explicitly. Instead, you override the default condition where it is not applicable by
adding other boundary conditions.
Initial Interface 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Laminar Two-Phase Flow,
Level Set (tpf) click Initial Interface 1.
9 | D R O P L E T B R E A K U P I N A T- J U N C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Initial Values 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Initial Values.
2 Select Domain 3 only.
3 In the Settings window for Initial Values, locate the Initial Values section.
4 Click the Fluid 2 button.
For Domains 1 and 2, the default initial value settings apply.
Inlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 22 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Boundary Condition section.
4 From the list, choose Laminar inflow.
5 Locate the Laminar Inflow section. Click the Flow rate button.
6 In the V0 text field, type V1.
7 In the Lentr text field, type 0.01[m].
Inlet 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 12 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Level Set Condition section.
4 In the Vf text field, type 1.
5 Locate the Boundary Condition section. From the list, choose Laminar inflow.
6 Locate the Laminar Inflow section. Click the Flow rate button.
7 In the V0 text field, type V2.
8 In the Lentr text field, type 0.01[m].
Outlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Outlet.
2 Select Boundary 1 only.
Symmetry 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Symmetry.
2 Select Boundaries 5, 13, 14, and 21 only.
10 | D R O P L E T B R E A K U P I N A T- J U N C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
MESH 1
Mapped 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Mesh 1 and
choose More Operations>Mapped.
2 Select Boundaries 2, 7, 10, and 16 only.
Distribution 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Mapped 1 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Edge 3 only.
3 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
4 In the Number of elements text field, type 160.
Distribution 2
1 Right-click Mapped 1 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Edges 1 and 9 only.
3 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
4 In the Number of elements text field, type 20.
Distribution 3
1 Right-click Mapped 1 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Edges 12 and 28 only.
3 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
4 From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined distribution type.
5 In the Number of elements text field, type 25.
6 In the Element ratio text field, type 4.
Distribution 4
1 Right-click Mapped 1 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Edges 24 and 27 only.
3 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
4 From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined distribution type.
5 In the Number of elements text field, type 20.
6 In the Element ratio text field, type 3.
7 Select the Reverse direction check box.
11 | D R O P L E T B R E A K U P I N A T- J U N C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Mapped 1
Right-click Mapped 1 and choose Build Selected.
Swept 1
1 Right-click Mesh 1 and choose Swept.
2 In the Settings window for Swept, click to expand the Source faces section.
3 Locate the Source Faces section. Select the Active toggle button.
4 Select Boundaries 2, 7, and 10 only.
Distribution 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Swept 1 and choose Distribution.
2 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
3 In the Number of elements text field, type 10.
4 Click the Build All button.
STUDY 1
12 | D R O P L E T B R E A K U P I N A T- J U N C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
4 Click to expand the Results while solving section. Locate the Results While Solving
section. Select the Plot check box.
5 From the Plot group list, choose Default.
This choice means that the Graphics window will show a surface plot of the volume
fraction of Fluid 1 while solving, and this plot will be updated at each 5 ms output
time step.
Manually tune the solver sequence for optimal performance and accuracy.
Solution 1
1 On the Study toolbar, click Show Default Solver.
2 In the Model Builder window, expand the Solution 1 node, then click Time-Dependent
Solver 1.
3 In the Settings window for Time-Dependent Solver, click to expand the Time
stepping section.
4 Locate the Time Stepping section. From the Method list, choose Generalized alpha.
5 Select the Time step increase delay check box.
6 In the associated text field, type 3.
7 In the Amplification for high frequency text field, type 0.3.
8 From the Predictor list, choose Constant.
9 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution
1>Time-Dependent Solver 1 node.
10 Right-click Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution 1>Time-Dependent Solver 1 and
choose Iterative.
11 In the Settings window for Iterative, locate the Error section.
12 In the Factor in error estimate text field, type 20.
13 In the Maximum number of iterations text field, type 200.
14 Right-click Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution 1>Time-Dependent Solver
1>Iterative 1 and choose Multigrid.
15 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution
1>Time-Dependent Solver 1>Iterative 1>Multigrid 1 node.
16 Right-click Presmoother and choose SCGS.
17 In the Settings window for SCGS, locate the Main section.
18 Select the Vanka check box.
13 | D R O P L E T B R E A K U P I N A T- J U N C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
STUDY 1
Solution 1
1 In the Model Builder window, collapse the Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution
1>Time-Dependent Solver 1 node.
2 In the Model Builder window, collapse the Solution 1 node.
3 On the Study toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
The first default plot group shows the volume fraction of fluid 1 as slice plot, and the
second plot group shows a slice plot of the velocity combined with a contour plot of
the volume fraction of fluid 1. Follow these steps to reproduce the series of velocity
field plots shown in Figure 3.
14 | D R O P L E T B R E A K U P I N A T- J U N C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
3D Plot Group 3
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 3D Plot Group.
2 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click 3D Plot Group 3 and choose
Slice.
3 In the Settings window for Slice, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Laminar Two-Phase
Flow, Level Set>tpf.U - Velocity magnitude.
4 Locate the Plane Data section. From the Plane list, choose zx-planes.
5 From the Entry method list, choose Coordinates.
6 On the 3D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
7 In the Model Builder window, right-click 3D Plot Group 3 and choose Isosurface.
8 In the Settings window for Isosurface, locate the Levels section.
9 From the Entry method list, choose Levels.
10 In the Levels text field, type 0.5.
11 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Coloring list, choose Uniform.
12 From the Color list, choose Green.
13 Right-click 3D Plot Group 3 and choose Streamline.
14 In the Settings window for Streamline, locate the Streamline Positioning section.
15 From the Positioning list, choose Uniform density.
16 In the Separating distance text field, type 0.05.
17 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Line type list, choose Tube.
18 Select the Radius scale factor check box.
19 In the associated text field, type 2e-3.
20 From the Color list, choose Yellow.
21 In the Model Builder window, click 3D Plot Group 3.
22 In the Settings window for 3D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
23 From the Time (s) list, choose 0.02000.
24 On the 3D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
25 Click the Go to Default 3D View button on the Graphics toolbar.
Compare the resulting plot with the upper-left plot in Figure 3.
26 To reproduce the remaining three plots, plot the solution for the time values 0.04,
0.06, and 0.08 s.
15 | D R O P L E T B R E A K U P I N A T- J U N C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Derived Values
1 On the Results toolbar, click Global Evaluation.
2 In the Settings window for Global Evaluation, click Replace Expression in the
upper-right corner of the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component
1>Definitions>Variables>d_eff - Effective droplet diameter.
3 Click the Evaluate button.
TABLE
1 Go to the Table window.
The result, roughly 0.12 mm, is displayed in the table in the Table window.
Finally, generate a movie of the moving fluid interface and the velocity streamlines.
RESULTS
Export
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click 3D Plot Group 3 and choose
Player. COMSOL Multiphysics generates the movie and then plays it.
2 To replay the movie, click the Play button on the Graphics toolbar.
If you want to export a movie in GIF, Flash, or AVI format, right-click Export and
create an Animation feature.
16 | D R O P L E T B R E A K U P I N A T- J U N C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Transient Elastohydrodynamic
Squeeze-Film Interaction
Introduction
This benchmark model computes the transient pressure distribution and film height in
a squeeze-film bearing for lubrication in a nonconformal conjunction of a solid sphere
and an elastic wall separated by a lubricant film.
Lubrication between mechanical parts prevents wear and tear due to friction.
Elastohydrodynamic contact between mechanical parts refers to the interaction
between a lubricant and elastic bodies. The pressure developed in the lubricant and the
mechanical stresses near the contact center are important concerns in
elastohydrodynamic interaction. Solving such problems numerically involves modeling
the elastohydrodynamic interaction by solving Reynold’s equation and solid mechanics
as a coupled problem.
Force
Lubricant
Figure 1: This example considers the case of an equivalent rigid sphere and an elastic wall.
The equivalent model does not require modeling the rigid sphere. Because the model is
symmetric, it is sufficient to model one quarter of the above geometry.
1 | TR A N S I E N T E L A S T O H Y D R O D Y N A M I C S Q U E E Z E - F I L M I N T E R A C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
This model solves the benchmark case of hydrodynamic interaction between a solid
sphere and a wall separated by a lubricant film, and extends the benchmark case to
include elastic deformation and stresses on the contacting wall. The model setup
involves a solid sphere being pushed by an external force towards a solid plane wall.
The lubricant layer gets squeezed by the approaching ball, which leads to a rise in the
pressure in the lubricant. The calculated maximum lubricant pressure and the change
in film height with time are compared with analytical solutions.
Model Definition
Figure 1 shows the scenario of an elastic sphere pushed by an external force towards
an elastic wall covered by a thin lubricant layer. This model computes the
time-dependent pressure developed in the lubricant and the position of the sphere
relative to the elastic wall. The scenario in Figure 1 is reduced to an equivalent model
with a rigid sphere and an elastic wall with an equivalent Young’s modulus given by
(Ref. 1)
2
E = ---------------------------------------2- (1)
1–v 2 1 – v2
--------------1- + ----------------- -
E1 E2
where E1 and E2 are the Young’s moduli and v1 and v2 are the Poisson’s ratios of the
two elastic bodies. Because of symmetry, the model uses only one quarter of the
geometry shown in Figure 1.
For non-slip boundary conditions at the wall and the base, Reynolds equation takes
the form
∂ ( ρh ) + ∇
⋅ ( hρv av ) – ρ ( v w ⋅ ∇ t h w + v b ⋅ ∇ t h b ) = 0 (2)
∂t t
2
1 T h
v av = --- ( I – n r n r ) ( v w + v b ) – ---------- ∇ t p f (3)
2 12μ
where h is the film thickness, ρ is the fluid density, μ is the viscosity, and pf—the
dependent variable in the Thin-Film Flow, Shell user interface—is the pressure
developed as a result of the flow. For further details, see the section Theory for the
Thin-Film Flow Interfaces in the CFD Module User’s Guide.
2 | TR A N S I E N T E L A S T O H Y D R O D Y N A M I C S Q U E E Z E - F I L M I N T E R A C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Figure 2: 2D representation of the distance of the sphere from the solid wall.
Figure 2 shows a 2D representation of the sphere at some distance from the solid wall
with an exaggerated view of the film height between the sphere and the solid wall. The
sphere has a radius a and the center of the sphere is initially located at a distance a + b
from the surface of the solid. For a thin-film approximation, the film thickness h is
given by the expression
2
r
h = b ( t ) + ------- (4)
2a
2 2
where r = x + y is the horizontal radial distance measured from the center of the
sphere.
pf dS – F = 0 (5)
∂Ω
The hydrodynamic pressure exerted by the lubricant causes elastic deformation of the
two surfaces containing the lubricant. In this model, the surface of interest is the elastic
wall. The hydrodynamic pressure is therefore used as a mechanical load on the elastic
wall to calculate its deformation using a Solid Mechanics user interface. However, the
elastic deformation in this model is negligibly small in comparison with the change in
film height due to the squeezing motion of the sphere against the elastic wall.
Therefore, the results for pressure developed in the lubricant and the change in film
height can be compared with the solution to the benchmark hydrodynamic problem
of a solid sphere pushed against a wall with a lubricant layer between the sphere and
3 | TR A N S I E N T E L A S T O H Y D R O D Y N A M I C S Q U E E Z E - F I L M I N T E R A C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
the wall. Because the problem is axisymmetric, the Reynolds equation can be greatly
simplified and written as
3 ∂p f ∂h
--- ∂ rh
1
= 12μ (6)
r ∂r ∂r ∂t
Restricting the lubrication calculations to the range 0 < r < a, Equation 6 is solved
with boundary conditions ∂pf ⁄ ∂r = 0 at r = 0 and pf = 0 at r = a to give the pressure
developed in the film as (see Ref. 2)
∂b
3 3
2a 2a
p f ( r ) = – 6μ -----------------------------2- – ------------------------------2- (7)
∂t 2 2
( 2ab + r ) ( 2ab + a )
Given this expression for the pressure distribution, the hydrodynamic force can be
calculated using Equation 5 and is given by the following expression (see Ref. 2)
· 2
6πμb a 2a b
3
2ab - ------------------------------
F = --------------------- 1 – --------------------------- – - (8)
b 2
( a + 2ab ) ( a 2 + 2ab )
2
Equation 8 is an ordinary differential equation that can be solved for the analytical
change in the film height, b. The values of b thus obtained can then be substituted in
Equation 7 to solve for the analytical pressure developed in the lubricant film.
Figure 5 and Figure 6 show the results for the maximum film pressure and the change
in film height with time, respectively, together with the corresponding analytical
solutions obtained by solving Equation 7 and Equation 8. As expected, as the gap
between the sphere and the wall decreases, the film pressure increases. The figures also
show a very good match between the numerical and analytical solutions.
4 | TR A N S I E N T E L A S T O H Y D R O D Y N A M I C S Q U E E Z E - F I L M I N T E R A C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Figure 4: von Mises stress plot on the boundaries of the elastic solid.
5 | TR A N S I E N T E L A S T O H Y D R O D Y N A M I C S Q U E E Z E - F I L M I N T E R A C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Figure 6: Comparison between the calculated and analytical values of change in film
height.
6 | TR A N S I E N T E L A S T O H Y D R O D Y N A M I C S Q U E E Z E - F I L M I N T E R A C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
References
1. A.Z. Szeri, Fluid Film Lubrication: Theory and Design, Cambridge University
Press, 1998.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 3D.
2 In the Select physics tree, select Fluid Flow>Thin-Film Flow>Thin-Film Flow, Shell (tffs).
3 Click Add.
4 In the Select physics tree, select Structural Mechanics>Solid Mechanics (solid).
5 Click Add.
6 Click Study.
7 | TR A N S I E N T E L A S T O H Y D R O D Y N A M I C S Q U E E Z E - F I L M I N T E R A C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
7 In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies for Selected Physics Interfaces>Time
Dependent.
8 Click Done.
DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 On the Model toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
GEOMETRY 1
On the Geometry toolbar, click Work Plane.
8 | TR A N S I E N T E L A S T O H Y D R O D Y N A M I C S Q U E E Z E - F I L M I N T E R A C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Revolve 1 (rev1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Revolve.
2 In the Settings window for Revolve, locate the Revolution Axis section.
3 From the Axis type list, choose 3D.
4 Find the Direction of revolution axis subsection. In the y text field, type 0.
5 In the z text field, type 1.
6 Locate the Revolution Angles section. In the End angle text field, type 90.
7 Click the Build Selected button.
8 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Block 1 (blk1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Block.
2 In the Settings window for Block, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type 3*a.
4 In the Depth text field, type 3*a.
5 In the Height text field, type 6*a.
6 Locate the Position section. In the z text field, type -6*a.
7 Click the Build All Objects button.
DEFINITIONS
View 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Component 1 (comp1)>Definitions node,
then click View 1.
2 In the Settings window for View, locate the View section.
3 Select the Lock camera check box.
Camera
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the View 1 node, then click Camera.
2 In the Settings window for Camera, locate the Position section.
3 In the x text field, type -0.56.
4 In the y text field, type -0.75.
5 In the z text field, type 1.9.
6 Locate the Camera section. In the Zoom angle text field, type 6.
7 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
9 | TR A N S I E N T E L A S T O H Y D R O D Y N A M I C S Q U E E Z E - F I L M I N T E R A C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Explicit 1
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Explicit.
2 In the Settings window for Explicit, locate the Input Entities section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
4 Select Boundary 4 only.
5 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Definitions>Explicit 1 and choose Rename.
6 In the Rename Explicit dialog box, type lubricant in the New label text field.
7 Click OK.
DEFINITIONS
Integration 1 (intop1)
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Component Couplings and choose Integration.
2 In the Settings window for Integration, locate the Source Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
4 From the Selection list, choose lubricant.
Variables 1
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Local Variables.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
MATERIALS
Material 1 (mat1)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Materials and
choose Blank Material.
2 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Material Contents section.
10 | TR A N S I E N T E L A S T O H Y D R O D Y N A M I C S Q U E E Z E - F I L M I N T E R A C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Material 2 (mat2)
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Materials and choose Blank Material.
2 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Geometric Entity Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
4 From the Selection list, choose lubricant.
5 Locate the Material Contents section. In the table, enter the following settings:
T H I N - F I L M F L O W, S H E L L ( T F F S )
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Thin-Film Flow, Shell
(tffs).
2 In the Settings window for Thin-Film Flow, Shell, locate the Boundary Selection
section.
3 From the Selection list, choose lubricant.
Fluid-Film Properties 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Thin-Film Flow, Shell (tffs)
click Fluid-Film Properties 1.
2 In the Settings window for Fluid-Film Properties, locate the Wall Properties section.
3 In the hw1 text field, type b+r^2/(2*a).
4 From the uw list, choose Displacement field (solid).
Symmetry 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Edges and choose Symmetry.
2 Select Edges 4 and 5 only.
3 In the Model Builder window’s toolbar, click the Show button and select Advanced
Physics Options in the menu.
11 | TR A N S I E N T E L A S T O H Y D R O D Y N A M I C S Q U E E Z E - F I L M I N T E R A C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Global Equations 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Global and choose Global Equations.
2 In the Settings window for Global Equations, locate the Global Equations section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
T H I N - F I L M F L O W, S H E L L ( T F F S )
Global Equations 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Global and choose Global Equations.
2 In the Settings window for Global Equations, locate the Global Equations section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
DEFINITIONS
Variables 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Definitions click Variables
1.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
12 | TR A N S I E N T E L A S T O H Y D R O D Y N A M I C S Q U E E Z E - F I L M I N T E R A C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Boundary Load 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Boundary Load.
2 In the Settings window for Boundary Load, locate the Boundary Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose lubricant.
4 Locate the Force section. From the FA list, choose Fluid load on wall (tffs/ffp1).
Fixed Constraint 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Fixed Constraint.
2 Select Boundary 3 only.
The symmetry boundary condition applied in the next step requires either the
Structural Mechanics module or the MEMS module. An alternative is to use prescribed
displacement boundary conditions to constrain displacements normal to the symmetry
boundaries.
Symmetry 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Symmetry.
2 Select Boundaries 1 and 2 only.
MESH 1
Free Triangular 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Mesh 1 and
choose More Operations>Free Triangular.
2 In the Settings window for Free Triangular, locate the Boundary Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose lubricant.
Size 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Free Triangular 1 and choose Size.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Geometric Entity Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Point.
4 Select Point 2 only.
5 Locate the Element Size section. From the Predefined list, choose Extremely fine.
6 Click the Custom button.
7 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. Select the Maximum element size check
box.
8 In the associated text field, type 1.92e-4.
9 Select the Maximum element growth rate check box.
13 | TR A N S I E N T E L A S T O H Y D R O D Y N A M I C S Q U E E Z E - F I L M I N T E R A C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Free Tetrahedral 1
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Free Tetrahedral.
2 Right-click Free Tetrahedral 1 and choose Build All.
STUDY 1
Solution 1
1 On the Study toolbar, click Show Default Solver.
2 In the Model Builder window, expand the Solution 1 node, then click Time-Dependent
Solver 1.
3 In the Settings window for Time-Dependent Solver, click to expand the Absolute
tolerance section.
4 Locate the Absolute Tolerance section. In the Tolerance text field, type 0.00001.
The fully coupled solver performs better for this model and is therefore enabled in the
next step.
14 | TR A N S I E N T E L A S T O H Y D R O D Y N A M I C S Q U E E Z E - F I L M I N T E R A C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
RESULTS
Stress (solid)
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Stress (solid) node.
2 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Stress (solid)>Surface 1 node.
3 Right-click Deformation and choose Disable.
1D Plot Group 3
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Point Graph.
3 Select Point 2 only.
4 In the Settings window for Point Graph, click to expand the Legends section.
5 Select the Show legends check box.
6 From the Legends list, choose Manual.
7 In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
Calculated maximum pressure
15 | TR A N S I E N T E L A S T O H Y D R O D Y N A M I C S Q U E E Z E - F I L M I N T E R A C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Legends
Analytical maximum pressure
19 Click to expand the Coloring and style section. Locate the Coloring and Style section.
Find the Line style subsection. From the Line list, choose None.
20 Find the Line markers subsection. From the Marker list, choose Asterisk.
21 In the Number text field, type 20.
22 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
23 Find the Line style subsection. From the Color list, choose Black.
24 Right-click Results>1D Plot Group 3>Point Graph 2 and choose Rename.
25 In the Rename Point Graph dialog box, type Analytical in the New label text field.
26 Click OK.
27 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, click to expand the Title section.
28 From the Title type list, choose Manual.
29 In the Title text area, type Maximum pressure (Pa).
30 Click to expand the Legend section. From the Position list, choose Upper left.
31 Right-click 1D Plot Group 3 and choose Rename.
32 In the Rename 1D Plot Group dialog box, type Maximum pressure in the New label
text field.
33 Click OK.
1D Plot Group 4
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Global.
3 In the Settings window for Global, locate the y-Axis Data section.
4 In the table, enter the following settings:
16 | TR A N S I E N T E L A S T O H Y D R O D Y N A M I C S Q U E E Z E - F I L M I N T E R A C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
8 Click OK.
9 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Global.
10 In the Settings window for Global, locate the y-Axis Data section.
11 In the table, enter the following settings:
12 Click to expand the Coloring and style section. Locate the Coloring and Style section.
Find the Line style subsection. From the Line list, choose None.
13 Find the Line markers subsection. From the Marker list, choose Asterisk.
14 In the Number text field, type 20.
15 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
16 Find the Line style subsection. From the Color list, choose Black.
17 Right-click Results>1D Plot Group 4>Global 2 and choose Rename.
18 In the Rename Global dialog box, type Analytical in the New label text field.
19 Click OK.
20 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Title section.
21 From the Title type list, choose Manual.
22 In the Title text area, type Change in film height (m).
23 Right-click 1D Plot Group 4 and choose Rename.
24 In the Rename 1D Plot Group dialog box, type Change in film height in the New
label text field.
25 Click OK.
17 | TR A N S I E N T E L A S T O H Y D R O D Y N A M I C S Q U E E Z E - F I L M I N T E R A C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
18 | TR A N S I E N T E L A S T O H Y D R O D Y N A M I C S Q U E E Z E - F I L M I N T E R A C T I O N
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Flui d Da m pe r
Introduction
Fluid dampers are used in military devices for shock isolation and in civil structures for
suppressing earthquake-induced shaking and wind-induced vibrations, among many
other applications. Fluid dampers work by dissipating the mechanical energy into heat
(Ref. 1). This example shows the phenomenon of viscous heating and consequent
temperature increase in a fluid damper.Viscous heating is also important in microflow
devices, where a small cross-sectional area and large length of the device can generate
significant heating and affect the fluid flow consequently (Ref. 2).
Model Definition
The structural elements of a fluid damper are relatively few. Figure 1 depicts a
schematic of the fluid damper modeled herein with its main components: damper
cylinder housing, piston rod, piston head, and viscous fluid in the chamber. There is a
small annular space between the piston head and the inside wall of the cylinder
housing. This acts as an effective channel for the fluid. As the piston head moves back
and forth inside the damper cylinder, fluid is forced to pass through the annular
channel with large shear rate, which leads to significant heat generation. The heat is
transferred in both the axial and radial directions. In the radial direction, the heat is
conducted through the cylinder house wall and convected to the air outside the
damper, which is modeled using the Newton’s convective cooling law.
You make use of the axially symmetric nature of the fluid damper and model it in a
2D-axisymmetric geometry as shown in Figure 2. The geometric dimensions and
other parameters of the damper are taken according to Ref. 1 to represent the smaller,
1 | FLUID DAMPER
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
15 kip damper experimentally studied therein. Thus, the piston head has a diameter of
8.37 cm, the piston rod diameter is 2.83 cm, and the gap thickness is about 1/100 of
the piston head diameter. The damper has the maximum stroke U0 of 0.1524 m. The
damper solid parts are made of steel, and the damping fluid is silicone oil.
Figure 2: Geometry and mesh. The domains (from left to right) represent: piston rod,
piston head and damping fluid space, the damper outer wall.
FLUID FLOW
The fluid flow in the fluid damper is described by the weakly compressible
Navier-Stokes equations, solving for the velocity field u = (u, w) and the pressure p:
∂u
+ ρu ⋅ ∇u = – ∇ p + ∇ ⋅ μ ( ∇u + ( ∇u ) ) – --- μ ( ∇ ⋅ u ) I
T 2
ρ
∂t 3
∂ρ
+ ∇ ⋅ ( ρu ) = 0
∂t
2 | FLUID DAMPER
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
μ = μ0 – α ( T – T0 ) (1)
No-slip wall boundary conditions are applied for both ends of the damper cylinder and
on the inner wall of the damper cylinder house. Moving/sliding wall with the given
velocity is applied on the boundaries of the piston head and on the piston rod.
∂T T- ∂ρ ∂p 2
ρCp + ∇ ⋅ ( – k ∇T ) + ρCpu ⋅ ∇T = Q – --- + μ ∇u + ( ∇u ) T – --- ( ∇ ⋅ u )I :∇u
∂t ρ ∂T ∂t 3
p
where the second term and the last term on the right-hand side represent the heat
source from pressure work and viscous dissipation, respectively. Hence, the problem is
a fully coupled fluid-thermal interaction problem.
In the solid domain of the cylinder house wall, this equation reduces to conductive
heat transfer equation without any heating source.
The heat flux boundary condition based on the Newton’s cooling law is applied on the
outside boundaries of the cylinder house wall. The temperature field is continuous
between the fluid and solid domains. The ends of the damper connected to the
structures outside are kept at constant temperature.
The piston head movement is provided as harmonic oscillations with given amplitude
and frequency, z = a0sin(2πf ). The motion is modeled using the arbitrary
Lagrangian-Eulerian (ALE) deformed mesh. The ALE method handles the dynamics
of the deforming geometry and the moving boundaries with a moving grid. The
Navier-Stokes equations for fluid flow and heat equations for temperature variation are
formulated in these moving coordinates.
3 | FLUID DAMPER
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Note that the simulation results for the temperature are presented in degrees
Fahrenheit for the sake of easier comparison with the experimental measurements.
Figure 3 gives the temperature field in the damper at the end the loading. It also shows
a typical streamline configuration for the flow induced in the damping fluid.
Figure 4 shows the temperature of the inner wall of the damper at the end-of-stroke
position z = U0. This corresponds to the internal probe position under experiments
performed in Ref. 1. The simulation results show very good agreement with the
experimental measurements (see Fig. 9 in Ref. 1).
4 | FLUID DAMPER
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Figure 5 shows the temperature variation along the inner wall of the damper after 10 s
and 40 s of loading. It clearly shows that the temperature at the probe position does
not represent the maximum temperature within the damper. This supports the
conclusion drawn in Ref. 1, where the choice of the probe positioning was limited by
the construction of the outer shell of the damper. Figure 5 also shows that the
temperature near the center of the damper increases by more than 100 degrees already
after few loading cycles.
5 | FLUID DAMPER
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Figure 5: Temperature of the damper inner wall. The probe position corresponds to z/
U0 = 1.
The steel material needed for the damper solid parts is available in COMSOL’s material
library. You create a user-defined material for the silicone oil. Such damping fluids are
typically characterized by the density, kinematic viscosity at the temperature 25º C,
and so-called viscosity temperature coefficient, VTC = 1−(viscosity at 98.9º C)/
(viscosity at 37.8º C). Using this parameters, you create the linear correlation for the
dynamic viscosity given by Equation 1.
6 | FLUID DAMPER
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
References
1. C.J. Black and N. Makris, “Viscous Heating of Fluid Dampers Under Small and
Large Amplitude Motions: Experimental Studies and Parametric Modeling,” J. Eng.
Mech., vol. 133, pp. 566–577, 2007.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 2D Axisymmetric.
2 In the Select physics tree, select Heat Transfer>Conjugate Heat Transfer>Laminar Flow.
3 Click Add.
4 In the Select physics tree, select Mathematics>Deformed Mesh>Moving Mesh (ale).
5 Click Add.
6 Click Study.
7 In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies for Selected Physics Interfaces>Time
Dependent.
8 Click Done.
DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 On the Model toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 Click Load from File.
7 | FLUID DAMPER
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
4 Browse to the model’s Model Library folder and double-click the file
fluid_damper_parameters.txt.
Variables 1
1 On the Model toolbar, click Variables and choose Local Variables.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
3 Click Load from File.
4 Browse to the model’s Model Library folder and double-click the file
fluid_damper_variables.txt.
GEOMETRY 1
Rectangle 1 (r1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type Dr/2.
4 In the Height text field, type 2*Ld.
5 Locate the Position section. In the z text field, type -Ld.
Rectangle 2 (r2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type Dp/2.
4 In the Height text field, type 2*Ld.
5 Locate the Position section. In the z text field, type -Ld.
Rectangle 3 (r3)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type Dd/2-Hw.
4 In the Height text field, type 2*Ld.
5 Locate the Position section. In the z text field, type -Ld.
Rectangle 4 (r4)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type Dd/2.
8 | FLUID DAMPER
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Rectangle 5 (r5)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type Dd/2.
4 In the Height text field, type 2*Lp.
5 Locate the Position section. In the z text field, type -Lp.
6 On the Geometry toolbar, click Build All.
7 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
The model geometry is now complete.
H E A T TR A N S F E R I N S O L I D S ( H T )
On the Physics toolbar, click Laminar Flow (spf) and choose Heat Transfer in Solids (ht).
ADD MATERIAL
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Material to open the Add Material window.
2 Go to the Add Material window.
3 In the tree, select Built-In>Steel AISI 4340.
4 Click Add to Component in the window toolbar.
5 On the Model toolbar, click Add Material to close the Add Material window.
9 | FLUID DAMPER
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
MATERIALS
In the following steps, you create a new material for the damping fluid, Silicone oil.
Material 2 (mat2)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Materials and
choose Blank Material.
2 Select Domains 4 and 6–9 only.
3 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Materials>Material 2 (mat2) and choose Rename.
4 In the Rename Material dialog box, type Silicone oil in the New label text field.
5 Click OK.
10 | FLUID DAMPER
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Moving Mesh (ale).
2 In the Settings window for Moving Mesh, locate the Frame Settings section.
3 From the Geometry shape order list, choose 1.
Prescribed Deformation 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Prescribed Deformation.
2 Select Domains 2, 5, 8, and 11 only.
3 In the Settings window for Prescribed Deformation, locate the Prescribed Mesh
Displacement section.
4 In the dz text-field array, type zp on the 2nd row.
Prescribed Deformation 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Prescribed Deformation.
2 Select Domains 1, 4, 7, and 10 only.
3 In the Settings window for Prescribed Deformation, locate the Prescribed Mesh
Displacement section.
4 In the dz text-field array, type zlin1 on the 2nd row.
11 | FLUID DAMPER
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Prescribed Deformation 3
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Prescribed Deformation.
2 Select Domains 3, 6, 9, and 12 only.
3 In the Settings window for Prescribed Deformation, locate the Prescribed Mesh
Displacement section.
4 In the dz text-field array, type zlin2 on the 2nd row.
Wall 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Wall.
2 Select Boundaries 11 and 13 only.
3 In the Settings window for Wall, locate the Boundary Condition section.
4 From the Boundary condition list, choose Moving wall.
5 Specify the uw vector as
0 r
d(zp,t) z
Wall 3
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Wall.
2 Select Boundaries 8, 12, and 17 only.
3 In the Settings window for Wall, locate the Boundary Condition section.
4 From the Boundary condition list, choose Sliding wall.
5 In the Uw text field, type d(zp,t).
Initial Values 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Laminar Flow (spf) click
Initial Values 1.
2 In the Settings window for Initial Values, locate the Initial Values section.
3 In the p text field, type p0.
H E A T TR A N S F E R I N S O L I D S ( H T )
On the Physics toolbar, click Laminar Flow (spf) and choose Heat Transfer in Solids (ht).
12 | FLUID DAMPER
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Initial Values 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Heat Transfer in Solids (ht)
click Initial Values 1.
2 In the Settings window for Initial Values, locate the Initial Values section.
3 In the T text field, type T0.
Temperature 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Temperature.
2 Select Boundaries 2, 7, 9, 14, 16, 21, 23, and 28 only.
3 In the Settings window for Temperature, locate the Temperature section.
4 In the T0 text field, type T0.
Heat Flux 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Heat Flux.
2 Select Boundaries 29–31 only.
3 In the Settings window for Heat Flux, locate the Heat Flux section.
4 Click the Convective heat flux button.
5 In the Text text field, type T0.
6 In the h text field, type hwall.
MULTIPHYSICS
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Multiphysics click
Non-Isothermal Flow 1 (nitf1).
2 In the Settings window for Non-Isothermal Flow, locate the Flow Heating section.
3 Select the Include work done by pressure changes check box.
13 | FLUID DAMPER
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
MESH 1
Mapped 1
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Mesh 1 and choose
Mapped.
Distribution 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 right-click Mapped
1 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Boundaries 23, 25, 27, and 28 only.
3 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
4 From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined distribution type.
5 In the Number of elements text field, type 4.
6 In the Element ratio text field, type 4.
7 From the Distribution method list, choose Geometric sequence.
8 Select the Reverse direction check box.
Distribution 2
1 Right-click Mapped 1 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Boundaries 1, 5, 8, 12, 15, 19, 22, 26, 29, and 31 only.
3 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
4 From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined distribution type.
5 In the Number of elements text field, type 32.
6 In the Element ratio text field, type 8.
7 From the Distribution method list, choose Geometric sequence.
8 Select the Symmetric distribution check box.
Distribution 3
1 Right-click Mapped 1 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Boundaries 9, 11, 13, and 14 only.
3 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
4 From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined distribution type.
5 In the Number of elements text field, type 30.
6 In the Element ratio text field, type 10.
14 | FLUID DAMPER
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Distribution 4
1 Right-click Mapped 1 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Boundaries 16, 18, 20, and 21 only.
3 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
4 In the Number of elements text field, type 8.
Distribution 5
1 Right-click Mapped 1 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Boundaries 3, 10, 17, 24, and 30 only.
3 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
4 In the Number of elements text field, type 32.
Distribution 6
1 Right-click Mapped 1 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Boundaries 2, 4, 6, and 7 only.
3 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Build All.
The mesh is now complete. It should look similar to that shown in Figure 2.
STUDY 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1 node, then click Step 1: Time
Dependent.
2 In the Settings window for Time Dependent, locate the Study Settings section.
3 In the Times text field, type -0.25/f range(0,tstep,tmax).
4 Click to expand the Results while solving section. Locate the Results While Solving
section. Select the Plot check box.
Solution 1
1 On the Study toolbar, click Show Default Solver.
2 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1>Solver Configurations node.
15 | FLUID DAMPER
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
3 In the Model Builder window, expand the Solution 1 node, then click Time-Dependent
Solver 1.
4 In the Settings window for Time-Dependent Solver, click to expand the Time
stepping section.
To control the time-step manually, use the Generalized alpha solver.
5 Locate the Time Stepping section. From the Method list, choose Generalized alpha.
6 From the Steps taken by solver list, choose Manual.
7 In the Time step text field, type tstep/20.
8 In the Amplification for high frequency text field, type 0.5.
RESULTS
Before computing the solution, set up some plots, including the one to display in the
Graphics window while solving.
Data Sets
1 On the Results toolbar, click Cut Point 2D.
2 In the Settings window for Cut Point 2D, locate the Point Data section.
3 In the r text field, type Dd/2-Hw.
4 In the z text field, type U0.
2D Plot Group 1
1 On the Results toolbar, click 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click 2D Plot Group 1 and choose
Rename.
3 In the Rename 2D Plot Group dialog box, type Temperature surface and
velocity streamlines, 2D in the New label text field.
4 Click OK.
16 | FLUID DAMPER
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
6 In the Settings window for Streamline, click Replace Expression in the upper-right
corner of the Expression section. From the menu, choose Model>Component 1
(comp1)>Heat Transfer in Solids>ht.ur,ht.uz - Velocity field (Spatial).
7 Locate the Streamline Positioning section. From the Positioning list, choose Start
point controlled.
1D Plot Group 2
1 On the Results toolbar, click 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click 1D Plot Group 2 and choose
Rename.
3 In the Rename 1D Plot Group dialog box, type Temperature along inner wall in
the New label text field.
4 Click OK.
1D Plot Group 3
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click 1D Plot Group 3 and choose
Rename.
17 | FLUID DAMPER
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
3 In the Rename 1D Plot Group dialog box, type Temperature of inner wall at
end-of-stroke position in the New label text field.
4 Click OK.
10 Locate the Plot Settings section. Select the x-axis label check box.
11 In the associated text field, type time (s).
12 Select the y-axis label check box.
13 In the associated text field, type T (degF).
STUDY 1
Now return to the Study 1 branch to compute the solution.
During the solution time, a plot of the temperature at the probe position will be
displayed and updated following the solver time steps.
When the solution is finished, click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
This will produce a plot of the temperature field and the flow streamlines within the
damper, which should appear similar to that shown in Figure 3.
18 | FLUID DAMPER
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
RESULTS
19 | FLUID DAMPER
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
20 | FLUID DAMPER
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Model Definition
Figure 1 displays the geometry of the fluidized bed, and schematically describes its
means of operation. The fluid phase, consisting of air, is injected at the bottom of the
bed. The dispersed phase, particles with a diameter of 54 μm, are fluidized by the gas
flow and transported upwards. At the outlet, particles and gas exit the bed. The
particles are fed back into the bed through re-injection inlets on the vertical walls near
the gas inlet. The dispersed phase flux matches that at the outlet, creating a circulating
fluidized bed. Table 1 summarizes the bed geometries and the properties of the phases.
The values correspond to those used in Ref. 1.
TABLE 1: FLUIDIZED BED PROPERTIES
PROPERTY VALUE
Particle diameter 54 μm
Particle density 930 kg/m3
Gas density (air) 1.2 kg/m3
Gas dynamic viscosity (air) 1.8·10-5 kg/m3
Gas inlet velocity 1.52 m/s
Bed width 0.09 m
Bed height 10.6 m
Outlet
Solid/Gas Solid/Gas
re-injection re-injection
Gas inlet
Figure 1: Schematic of the circulating fluidized bed. The geometry is not to scale.
μ d = 0.5φ d (1)
Assume the momentum transfer to be dominated by the drag force and the drag acting
on each phase is given by a drag coefficient β in the manner of
·
F drag,c = – F drag,d = βu slip (2)
Here, the subscripts “d” and “c” indicate properties of dispersed continuous phase,
respectively, and the slip velocity is defined as
u slip = u d – u c (3)
To model the drag coefficient, use the Gidaspow drag model (Ref. 2)
3φ c φ d ρ c C drag – 2.65
β = ----------------------------------- u slip φ c
4d d
2
μc φd φd ρc
β = 150 -----------2- + 1.75 ----------- u slip (4)
φc dd dd
-8.76φ c + 5.43
∇p s = – 10 ∇φ c (4-2)
INITIAL CONDITIONS
Initially all dispersed particles are positioned in a packed bed section at the bottom of
the column. Use a packed bed section 1.855 m high consisting of 50% particles. To
avoid discontinuities at the start and end of the packed bed section, use a smoothly
varying rectangle function to define the packed bed column.
BOUNDARY CONDITIONS
To fluidize the bed, air is injected at the bottom. Set the dispersed phase volume
fraction at the inlet to zero.
Use pressure normal flow conditions for both phases at the outlet. To prevent the
dispersed phase from falling back into the bed at the outflow boundary, remove the
gravitational volume force in a region prior to the outlet using a smoothly varying step
function.
At the vertical re-injection inlets, gas and solids are injected in a manner that matches
the top outflux. This is achieved by using two coupling operators integrating the solid
phase mass flux on the left and right sides of the bed center, each feeding the
re-injection inlet on the respective side; see Figure 1. Apply a solid phase volume
fraction of 0.5 at the inlets, and use injection velocities computed to match the mass
outflux at the top. Use a gas velocity that equals that of the particles, assuming that the
particle re-injection drags the gas phase along with it. To keep the total injected gas
flow rate constant, compensate by reducing the bottom inlet velocity.
Along the solid bed walls, apply a no-slip condition for the continuous phase and a slip
condition for the dispersed phase.
Figure 6 shows profiles of the averaged gas-phase streamwise velocity, giving an insight
in the flow development. The gas phase volume fraction profiles at the corresponding
positions are displayed in Figure 7.
t= 0s 1s 2s 3s 4s 5s
Figure 3: Snapshots of the dispersed phase volume fraction during the startup phase. Black
indicates high volume fraction. The bed width has been scaled by a factor of ten.
t = 20 s 22 s 24 s 26 s 28 s 30 s
Figure 5: Snapshots of the dispersed phase volume fraction during the steady-state
operation. Black indicates high volume fraction. The bed width has been scaled by a factor
of ten.
References
1. N. Yang, W. Wang, W. Ge, and J. Li, “CFD simulation of concurrent-up gas–solid
flow in circulating fluidized beds with structure-dependent drag coefficient,”
Chemical Engineering Journal, vol. 96, pp. 71–80, 2003.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 2D.
2 In the Select physics tree, select Fluid Flow>Multiphase Flow>Euler-Euler
Model>Euler-Euler Model, Laminar Flow (ee).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies>Time Dependent.
6 Click Done.
DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 On the Model toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 Click Load from File.
4 Browse to the model’s Model Library folder and double-click the file
fluidized_bed_parameters.txt.
GEOMETRY 1
Rectangle 1 (r1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
Rectangle 2 (r2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type bedW.
4 In the Height text field, type solidH0.
5 Locate the Position section. In the y text field, type inlH.
6 Click the Build Selected button.
Rectangle 3 (r3)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type bedW.
4 In the Height text field, type inlH.
5 Click the Build Selected button.
4 Locate the Polygon Segments section. Find the Added segments subsection. Click Add
Linear.
5 Find the Control points subsection. In row 1, set x to bedW.
6 In row 1, set y to 0.02.
7 In row 2, set x to bedW.
8 In row 2, set y to 0.02+injH.
9 Click the Build Selected button.
Point 1 (pt1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Point.
2 In the Settings window for Point, locate the Point section.
3 In the x text field, type bedW/2.
4 In the y text field, type bedH+inlH.
5 Click the Build Selected button.
DEFINITIONS
Create a step function to use for ramping up the bottom inlet velocity from zero to its
full value over the initial 2·10-3 s.
Step 1 (step1)
1 On the Model toolbar, click Functions and choose Local>Step.
2 In the Settings window for Step, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the Location text field, type 1e-3.
4 Click to expand the Smoothing section. In the Size of transition zone text field, type
2e-3.
Next, create another step function to use for ramping up the volume fraction at the
re-injection slots.
Step 2 (step2)
1 On the Model toolbar, click Functions and choose Local>Step.
2 In the Settings window for Step, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the Location text field, type Uin/100.
4 Locate the Smoothing section. In the Size of transition zone text field, type 2*Uin/
100.
With these settings, the step function reaches its maximum value when
there-injection velocity is two percent of the gas inlet velocity at the bottom.
Create a third step function to use for removing the gravitational volume force in a
short region prior to the outlet. This is to ensure that the heavy solids are transported
out of the bed at the outlet.
Step 3 (step3)
1 On the Model toolbar, click Functions and choose Local>Step.
2 In the Settings window for Step, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the Location text field, type bedH.
4 In the From text field, type 1.
5 In the To text field, type 0.
6 Locate the Smoothing section. In the Size of transition zone text field, type 0.15.
Rectangle 1 (rect1)
1 On the Model toolbar, click Functions and choose Local>Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the Lower limit text field, type inlH.
4 In the Upper limit text field, type solidH0+inlH.
5 Click to expand the Smoothing section. In the Size of transition zone text field, type
bedW.
Plot to view the initial conditions for the solid volume fraction.
6 Click the Plot button.
Create two integration operators at the outlet. You will use these to compute the
dispersed phase outlet flux in the left and right bed halves as well as the corresponding
re-injection velocities.
Integration 1 (intop1)
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Component Couplings and choose Integration.
2 In the Settings window for Integration, type intopL in the Operator name text field.
3 Locate the Source Selection section. From the Geometric entity level list, choose
Boundary.
4 Select Boundary 9 only.
Integration 2 (intop2)
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Component Couplings and choose Integration.
2 In the Settings window for Integration, type intopR in the Operator name text field.
3 Locate the Source Selection section. From the Geometric entity level list, choose
Boundary.
4 Select Boundary 10 only.
Variables 1
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Local Variables.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
Phase Properties 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Euler-Euler Model, Laminar Flow (ee) node,
then click Phase Properties 1.
2 In the Settings window for Phase Properties, locate the Continuous Phase Properties
section.
3 From the ρc list, choose User defined. In the associated text field, type rhoc.
4 From the μc list, choose User defined. In the associated text field, type muc.
5 Locate the Dispersed Phase Properties section. From the ρd list, choose User defined.
In the associated text field, type rhod.
6 In the dd text field, type diam.
7 Locate the Viscosity Model section. From the Viscosity model list, choose User defined.
Locate the Drag Model section. From the Drag model list, choose Gidaspow.
8 Locate the Solid Pressure Model section. From the Solid pressure model list, choose
Gidaspow-Ettehadieh.
Wall 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Euler-Euler Model,
Laminar Flow (ee) click Wall 1.
2 In the Settings window for Wall, locate the Dispersed Phase Boundary Condition
section.
3 From the Dispersed velocity boundary condition list, choose Slip.
Initial Values 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Euler-Euler Model,
Laminar Flow (ee) click Initial Values 1.
2 In the Settings window for Initial Values, locate the Initial Values section.
3 In the phid text field, type phid0*rect1(y).
Inlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
Zoom in to the lower part of the channel to be able to select the inlet boundary.
2 Click the Zoom Box button on the Graphics toolbar.
3 Select Boundary 2 only.
4 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Continuous Phase section.
5 Specify the uc0 vector as
0 x
UinB*step1(t) y
0 x
UinB*step1(t) y
Outlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Outlet.
2 Select Boundaries 9 and 10 only.
3 In the Settings window for Outlet, locate the Mixture Boundary Condition section.
4 From the Mixture boundary condition list, choose Pressure normal flow.
Gravity 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Gravity.
2 Select Domains 1–3 only.
3 In the Settings window for Gravity, locate the Gravity section.
4 Specify the g vector as
0 x
-g_const*step3(y) y
Inlet 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 3 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Continuous Phase section.
4 Specify the uc0 vector as
UinL*step1(t) x
0 y
UinL*step1(t) x
0 y
Inlet 3
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 12 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Continuous Phase section.
4 Specify the uc0 vector as
-UinR*step1(t) x
0 y
-UinR*step1(t) x
0 y
MESH 1
Mapped 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Mesh 1 and
choose Mapped.
2 In the Settings window for Mapped, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
4 Select Domains 2 and 3 only.
Distribution 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Mapped 1 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Boundary 6 only.
3 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
4 From the Distribution properties list, choose Explicit distribution.
5 In the Explicit element distribution text field, type range(0,0.00225,0.09).
Distribution 2
1 Right-click Mapped 1 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Boundaries 5 and 14 only.
3 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
4 From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined distribution type.
5 In the Number of elements text field, type 120.
6 In the Element ratio text field, type 10.
Distribution 3
1 Right-click Mapped 1 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Boundaries 7 and 15 only.
3 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
4 In the Number of elements text field, type 250.
5 Click the Build Selected button.
Free Triangular 1
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Free Triangular.
2 In the Settings window for Free Triangular, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
Size 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Free Triangular 1 and choose Size.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
3 Click the Custom button.
4 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. Select the Maximum element size check
box.
5 In the associated text field, type 0.003.
Size 2
1 Right-click Free Triangular 1 and choose Size.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Geometric Entity Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
4 Locate the Element Size section. Click the Custom button.
5 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. Select the Maximum element size check
box.
6 In the associated text field, type 0.001.
7 Select Boundaries 3 and 12 only.
Size 3
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Free Triangular 1>Size 2 and choose
Duplicate.
2 Select Boundary 2 only.
3 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size Parameters section.
4 In the Maximum element size text field, type 0.002.
Size 4
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Free Triangular 1>Size 3 and choose
Duplicate.
2 Select Boundary 6 only.
3 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size Parameters section.
4 In the Maximum element size text field, type 0.005.
5 Click the Build All button.
STUDY 1
Solution 1
1 On the Study toolbar, click Show Default Solver.
Due to the highly nonlinear problem and the long simulation time, take the
following measures to ensure the accuracy of the solution: decrease the relative
tolerance, apply manual scales for the dependent variables and prescribe a maximum
time step.
2 In the Model Builder window, expand the Solution 1 node.
3 In the Model Builder window, under Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution 1 click
Dependent Variables 1.
4 In the Settings window for Dependent Variables, locate the Scaling section.
5 From the Method list, choose Manual.
6 In the Model Builder window, under Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution
1>Dependent Variables 1 click Pressure (comp1.p).
7 In the Settings window for Field, locate the Scaling section.
8 From the Method list, choose Manual.
9 In the Scale text field, type 5e3.
10 In the Model Builder window, under Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution
1>Dependent Variables 1 click Volume fraction, dispersed phase (comp1.phid).
11 In the Settings window for Field, locate the Scaling section.
12 From the Method list, choose Manual.
13 In the Scale text field, type phid0.
14 In the Model Builder window, under Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution
1>Dependent Variables 1 click Velocity field, continuous phase (comp1.uc).
15 In the Settings window for Field, locate the Scaling section.
16 From the Method list, choose Manual.
RESULTS
Disable geometry edges in the plots.
Before working with plots, disable the default plot when selected (update plot
automatically). Due to the size of the data sets, it is more convenient to generate plots
actively.
Now add a Deformed Geometry interface that you can use to rescale the geometry in
the x direction.
ADD PHYSICS
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Physics to open the Add Physics window.
2 Go to the Add Physics window.
3 In the Add physics tree, select Mathematics>Deformed Mesh>Deformed Geometry (dg).
4 Click Add to Component in the window toolbar.
DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 In the Model Builder window, under Global>Definitions click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
Prescribed Deformation 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Prescribed Deformation.
2 Select Domains 1–3 only.
3 In the Settings window for Prescribed Deformation, locate the Prescribed Mesh
Displacement section.
4 In the dx text-field array, type xScale*Xg on the first row.
STUDY 1
On the Study toolbar, click Update Solution.
RESULTS
Follow these instructions to reproduce the series of dispersed-phase volume fraction
plots in Figure 3. Note the use of Deformation features to include a number of plots
side-by-side in the same figure.
2D Plot Group 3
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, locate the Plot Settings section.
3 Clear the Plot data set edges check box.
4 Right-click Results>2D Plot Group 3 and choose Surface.
5 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Data section.
6 From the Data set list, choose Study 1/Solution 1.
7 From the Time (s) list, choose 0.000.
8 Click to expand the Range section. Select the Manual color range check box.
9 In the Minimum text field, type -0.1.
10 In the Maximum text field, type 0.5.
11 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Color table list, choose GrayScale.
12 Select the Reverse color table check box.
13 Click to expand the Title section. From the Title type list, choose None.
14 Locate the Coloring and Style section. Clear the Color legend check box.
15 Right-click Results>2D Plot Group 3>Surface 1 and choose Duplicate.
16 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Data section.
17 From the Time (s) list, choose 1.000.
18 Right-click Results>2D Plot Group 3>Surface 2 and choose Deformation.
19 In the Settings window for Deformation, locate the Expression section.
20 In the x component text field, type 1.5.
21 In the y component text field, type 0.
22 Locate the Scale section. Select the Scale factor check box.
23 In the associated text field, type 1.
Use the plot group you just created as the starting point for reproducing Figure 5.
2D Plot Group 4
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click 2D Plot Group 3 and choose Duplicate.
2 In the Model Builder window, expand the 2D Plot Group 4 node, then click Surface 1.
3 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Data section.
4 From the Time (s) list, choose 20.00.
5 In the Model Builder window, under Results>2D Plot Group 4 click Surface 2.
6 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Data section.
7 From the Time (s) list, choose 22.00.
8 In the Model Builder window, under Results>2D Plot Group 4 click Surface 3.
9 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Data section.
10 From the Time (s) list, choose 24.00.
11 In the Model Builder window, under Results>2D Plot Group 4 click Surface 4.
12 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Data section.
13 From the Time (s) list, choose 26.00.
14 In the Model Builder window, under Results>2D Plot Group 4 click Surface 5.
15 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Data section.
16 From the Time (s) list, choose 28.00.
17 In the Model Builder window, under Results>2D Plot Group 4 click Surface 6.
18 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Data section.
19 From the Time (s) list, choose 30.00.
20 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
21 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
1D Plot Group 5
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 Click to expand the Title section. From the Title type list, choose Manual.
3 In the Title text area, type Dispersed phase outflux.
4 Locate the Plot Settings section. Select the y-axis label check box.
5 In the associated text field, type Mass flux (kg/(m*s)).
6 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Global.
7 In the Settings window for Global, locate the y-Axis Data section.
8 In the table, enter the following settings:
9 Click to expand the Legends section. Clear the Show legends check box.
10 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
To reproduce the plots in Figure 6 and Figure 7, begin by creating three cut-line data
sets.
Data Sets
1 On the Results toolbar, click Cut Line 2D.
2 In the Settings window for Cut Line 2D, locate the Line Data section.
3 In row Point 1, set y to 1.
4 In row Point 2, set y to 1.
5 In row Point 2, set x to bedW.
6 Clear the Bounded by points check box.
7 Right-click Results>Data Sets>Cut Line 2D 1 and choose Duplicate.
8 In the Settings window for Cut Line 2D, locate the Line Data section.
9 In row Point 1, set y to 3.5.
10 In row Point 2, set y to 3.5.
11 Right-click Results>Data Sets>Cut Line 2D 2 and choose Duplicate.
12 In the Settings window for Cut Line 2D, locate the Line Data section.
13 In row Point 1, set y to 8.75.
14 In row Point 2, set y to 8.75.
Now plot the averaged streamwise continuous phase velocities at the three y positions
defined by the cut-line data sets you just defined. Compare the resulting plot with that
in Figure 6.
1D Plot Group 6
1 On the Results toolbar, click 1D Plot Group.
2 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Line Graph.
3 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the Data section.
7 Locate the x-Axis Data section. From the Parameter list, choose Expression.
8 In the Expression text field, type Xg/bedW.
9 Click to expand the Legends section. Select the Show legends check box.
10 From the Legends list, choose Manual.
11 In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
y = 1m
Legends
y = 3.5m
Legends
y = 8.75m
Finally, reproduce Figure 7 by duplicating and adapting the plot group you just
created.
1D Plot Group 7
1 Right-click 1D Plot Group 6 and choose Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Plot Settings section.
3 In the y-axis label text field, type Continuous phase velocity (m/s).
4 In the Model Builder window, expand the 1D Plot Group 7 node, then click Line Graph
1.
5 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
6 In the Expression text field, type timeavg(10,30,ucy).
7 In the Model Builder window, under Results>1D Plot Group 7 click Line Graph 2.
8 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
9 In the Expression text field, type timeavg(10,30,ucy).
10 In the Model Builder window, under Results>1D Plot Group 7 click Line Graph 3.
11 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
12 In the Expression text field, type timeavg(10,30,ucy).
13 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
Model Definition
The model geometry is shown in Figure 1.
uin
θ y
Air at a temperature of T=20 °C enters the channel on the left with a uniform inlet
velocity of uin=1 m/s and exits on the right at uniform pressure, p0=0 Pa. The flow
through the channel is obstructed by a screen inclined at an angle θ. The combined
effect of resistance and refraction (suppression of the tangential velocity component)
creates a non-uniform velocity profile on the downstream side of the screen. An
asymptotic solution valid for small inclinations is (Ref. 1),
( u ⁄ u in – 1 ) ( 1 + η + Kcos 2 θ ) πy
- = --- log cot ------
2
------------------------------------------------------------------------- (1)
( 1 – η ) tanθ ⋅ Kcos 2 θ π 2
where K and η are the screen resistance and refraction coefficients. To facilitate
comparison with the asymptotic solution, assume that the flow is incompressible and
apply free-slip boundary conditions on the channel walls. Choose the user-defined
option for both the screen type and refraction in order to set the resistance coefficient
K to 2.2 and the refraction coefficient η to 0.78.
π π π 2π π
θ = ------, ---, ---, ------, --- ( θ = 10°, 20°, 30°, 40°, 45° ) . (2)
18 9 6 9 4
Figure 2 shows the outlet velocity scaled according to the left-hand side of Equation 1
together with the asymptotic solution on the right hand side.
Figure 2: Comparison between the asymptotic solution (blue) and the simulations (red).
The agreement between the asymptotic solution and the simulations is good,
surprisingly so even for θ=π/4 (45 °). Figure 3 shows a surface plot of the pressure field
together with velocity vectors on the upstream and downstream side of the screen. The
velocity vectors are displaced from the screen for clarity. You can easily distinguish the
induced pressure jump, the flow distribution and deflection. See Ref. 1 for asymptotic
solutions to other related screen-flow problems if you are looking to extend the
analysis to screens of varying shape and/or resistance.
Figure 3: Pressure drop, flow distribution and deflection for a screen inclined at an angle
of 45 ° to the incoming flow.
Reference
1. J.W. Elder, “Steady Flow Through Non-Uniform Gauzes of Arbitrary Shape,”
J. Fluid Mech., pp 355-363, vol 5, 1959
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 2D.
2 In the Select physics tree, select Fluid Flow>Single-Phase Flow>Laminar Flow (spf).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies>Stationary.
6 Click Done.
DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 On the Model toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
GEOMETRY 1
Rectangle 1 (r1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type 4.
4 Locate the Position section. In the x text field, type -2.
ADD MATERIAL
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Material to open the Add Material window.
2 Go to the Add Material window.
3 In the tree, select Built-In>Air.
4 Click Add to Component in the window toolbar.
5 On the Model toolbar, click Add Material to close the Add Material window.
Wall 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Laminar Flow (spf) click
Wall 1.
2 In the Settings window for Wall, locate the Boundary Condition section.
3 From the Boundary condition list, choose Slip.
Inlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Velocity section.
4 In the U0 text field, type u_in.
Outlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Outlet.
2 Select Boundary 7 only.
3 In the Settings window for Outlet, locate the Pressure Conditions section.
4 Select the Normal flow check box.
Screen 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Screen.
2 Select Boundary 4 only.
3 In the Settings window for Screen, locate the Screen Type section.
4 From the Screen type list, choose User defined. Locate the Parameters section. In the
K text field, type 2.2.
5 From the Refraction list, choose User defined. In the η text field, type 0.78.
STUDY 1
Parametric Sweep
1 On the Study toolbar, click Parametric Sweep.
2 In the Settings window for Parametric Sweep, locate the Study Settings section.
3 Click Add.
4 In the table, enter the following settings:
RESULTS
1D Plot Group 3
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Line Graph.
3 Select Boundary 7 only.
4 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
5 In the Expression text field, type 2/pi*log(cot(pi*y/2)).
6 Locate the x-Axis Data section. From the Parameter list, choose Expression.
7 In the Expression text field, type y.
8 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
9 In the Model Builder window, click 1D Plot Group 3.
10 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, click to expand the Axis section.
21 Locate the y-Axis Data section. In the Expression text field, type (u/u_in-1)/
(1-0.78)/2.2/cos(theta)^2*(1+0.78+2.2*cos(theta)^2)/tan(theta).
22 Click to expand the Coloring and style section. Locate the Coloring and Style section.
Find the Line style subsection. From the Line list, choose None.
23 From the Color list, choose Red.
24 Find the Line markers subsection. From the Marker list, choose Square.
25 Click to expand the Legends section. Select the Show legends check box.
26 From the Legends list, choose Manual.
27 In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
pi/18
Legends
pi/9
Legends
pi/6
Legends
2*pi/9
Legends
pi/4
Data Sets
1 On the Results toolbar, click More Data Sets and choose Solution.
2 In the Settings window for Solution, locate the Solution section.
3 From the Solution list, choose Parametric Solutions 1.
4 On the Results toolbar, click Selection.
5 In the Settings window for Selection, locate the Geometric Entity Selection section.
6 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
7 Select Boundary 4 only.
Velocity (spf)
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Velocity (spf) node, then click
Surface 1.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Expression section.
3 In the Expression text field, type p.
4 In the Model Builder window, right-click Velocity (spf) and choose Arrow Line.
5 In the Settings window for Arrow Line, locate the Data section.
6 From the Data set list, choose Study 1/Parametric Solutions 1 (3).
7 Locate the Expression section. In the x component text field, type up(u).
8 In the y component text field, type up(v).
9 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Arrow base list, choose Head.
10 Select the Scale factor check box.
11 In the associated text field, type 0.25.
12 In the Number of arrows text field, type 30.
13 From the Color list, choose Black.
14 Right-click Results>Velocity (spf)>Arrow Line 1 and choose Deformation.
15 In the Settings window for Deformation, locate the Expression section.
16 In the x component text field, type -0.05.
17 In the y component text field, type 0.
18 Locate the Scale section. Select the Scale factor check box.
19 In the associated text field, type 1.
20 Right-click Arrow Line 1 and choose Duplicate.
21 In the Settings window for Arrow Line, locate the Expression section.
22 In the x component text field, type down(u).
Although initially invented to produce images on paper, the inkjet technique has since
been adopted for other application areas. Instruments for the precise deposition of
microdroplets often employ inkjets. These instruments are used within the life sciences
for diagnosis, analysis, and drug discovery. Inkjets have also been used as 3D printers
to synthesize tissue from cells and to manufacture microelectronics. For all of these
applications it is important to be able to accurately control the inkjet’s performance.
This example demonstrates how to model the fluid flow within an inkjet using the
Laminar Two-Phase Flow, Level Set physics interface.
Model Definition
Figure ??? shows the geometry of the inkjet studied in this example. Because of its
symmetry you can use an axisymmetric 2D model. Initially, the space between the inlet
and the nozzle is filled with ink. Additional ink is injected through the inlet during a
period of 10 μs, and it consequently forces ink to flow out of the nozzle. When the
injection stops, a droplet of ink snaps off and continues to travel until it hits the target.
Target
Nozzle
Outlet
Inlet
∂-----
φ- ∇φ
+ ∇ ⋅ ( φu ) + γ ∇ ⋅ φ ( 1 – φ ) ---------- – ε∇ ⋅ ∇φ = 0
∂t ∇φ
The thickness of the transition layer is proportional to ε. For this model you can use
ε = hc/2, where hc is the typical mesh size in the region passed by the droplet.
The parameter γ determines the amount of reinitialization. A suitable value for γ is the
maximum magnitude occurring in the velocity field.
Beside defining the fluid interface, the level set function is used to smooth the density
and viscosity jumps across the interface through the definitions
TR A N S P O R T O F M A S S A N D M O M E N T U M
The incompressible Navier-Stokes equations, including surface tension, describe the
transport of mass and momentum. Both ink and air can be considered incompressible
as long as the fluid velocity is small compared to the speed of sound. The Navier-Stokes
equations are
∂u
ρ + u ⋅ ∇u – ∇ ⋅ ( μ ( ∇u + ∇u T ) ) + ∇p = F st
∂t
(∇ ⋅ u) = 0
F st = ∇ ⋅ T
T
T = σ ( I – ( nn ) )δ
where I is the identity matrix, n is the interface normal, σ is the surface tension
coefficient (N/m), and δ equals a Dirac delta function that is nonzero only at the fluid
interface. The normal to the interface is
∇φ
n = ----------
∇φ
δ = 6 φ ( 1 – φ ) ∇φ
The following table gives the physical parameters of ink and air used in the model:
INITIAL CONDITIONS
Figure ??? shows the initial distribution (t = 0) of ink and air. The velocity is initially 0.
Figure 2: Initial distribution of ink. Black corresponds to ink and white corresponds to air.
BOUNDARY CONDITIONS
Inlet
The inlet velocity in the z direction increases from 0 to the parabolic profile
during the first 2 μs. The velocity is then v(r) for 10 μs and finally decreases to 0 for
another 2 μs. The time-dependent velocity profile in the z direction can then be
defined as
v ( r, t ) = ( step ( t – 1 ⋅ 10 – 6 ) – step ( t – 13 ⋅ 10 – 6 ) ) ⋅ v ( r )
where t is given in seconds and step(t) is a smooth step function (see Figure ???).
Use φ = 1 as the inlet boundary condition for the level set variable.
Outlet
Set a constant pressure at the outlet. The value of the pressure given here is not
important because the velocity depends only on the pressure gradient. You thus obtain
the same velocity field regardless of whether the pressure is set to 1 atm or to 0.
Walls
On all other boundaries except the target, set No slip conditions. Use the Wetted wall
condition on the target, with a contact angle of π/2 and a slip length of 10 μm.
t=0s t = 20 μs
t = 40 μs t = 80 μs
t = 120 μs t = 160 μs
t = 200 μs
Figure ??? illustrates the mass of ink that is further than 0.7 mm from the inlet. The
figure shows that the mass of the ejected droplet is approximately 1.9·10−10 kg.
This example studies only one inkjet model, but it is easy to modify the model in
several ways. You can, for example, change properties such as the geometry or the inlet
velocity and study the influence on the size and the speed of the ejected droplets. You
can also investigate how the inkjet would perform if the ink were replaced by a
different fluid. It is also easy to add forces such as gravity to the model.
In order to accurately resolve the interface between the air and ink, adaptive meshing
is used. This means that as the interface moves during the simulation, the mesh will be
updated in order to keep the mesh refined in the interface region.
The simulation procedure involves two consecutive computations. First you calculate
a smooth initial solution for the level set variable. Using this initial solution, you then
start the time-dependent simulation of the fluid motion.
To calculate the droplet’s mass, use an integration coupling operator. To visualize the
droplet in 3D, revolve the 2D axisymmetric solution to a 3D geometry.
References
1. J.-T. Yeh, “A VOF-FEM Coupled Inkjet Simulation,” Proc. ASME FEDSM’01,
New Orleans, Louisiana, 2001.
2. E. Olsson and G. Kreiss, “A Conservative Level Set Method for Two Phase Flow,”
J. Comput. Phys., vol. 210, pp. 225–246, 2005.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 2D Axisymmetric.
2 In the Select physics tree, select Fluid Flow>Multiphase Flow>Two-Phase Flow, Level
Set>Laminar Two-Phase Flow, Level Set (tpf).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies>Transient with Phase Initialization.
6 Click Done.
GEOMETRY 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Geometry 1.
2 In the Settings window for Geometry, locate the Units section.
3 From the Length unit list, choose mm.
Rectangle 1 (r1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.1.
4 In the Height text field, type 0.2.
5 Click the Build Selected button.
Rectangle 2 (r2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.025.
4 In the Height text field, type 1.025.
5 Locate the Position section. In the z text field, type 0.575.
Rectangle 3 (r3)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.1.
4 In the Height text field, type 1.
5 Locate the Position section. In the r text field, type 0.
6 In the z text field, type 0.6.
7 Click the Build Selected button.
Rectangle 4 (r4)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.2.
4 In the Height text field, type 0.1.
5 Locate the Position section. In the z text field, type 1.5.
6 Click the Build Selected button.
MATERIALS
Material 1 (mat1)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Materials and
choose Blank Material.
2 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Material Contents section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
ADD MATERIAL
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Material to open the Add Material window.
2 Go to the Add Material window.
3 In the tree, select Built-In>Air.
4 Click Add to Component in the window toolbar.
DEFINITIONS
Now, define a step function to use when defining the time dependence of the inlet
velocity.
Step 1 (step1)
1 On the Model toolbar, click Functions and choose Local>Step.
2 In the Settings window for Step, click to expand the Smoothing section.
3 In the Size of transition zone text field, type 2*1e-6.
4 Click the Plot button.
Next, define an integration operator that you will use when defining a variable for the
droplet mass.
Integration 1 (intop1)
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Component Couplings and choose Integration.
2 In the Settings window for Integration, locate the Source Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose All domains.
After these preliminaries, you can define variables for the inlet velocity and the droplet
mass.
Variables 1
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Local Variables.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
L A M I N A R TW O - P H A S E F L O W, L E V E L S E T ( T P F )
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Laminar Two-Phase
Flow, Level Set (tpf).
2 In the Settings window for Laminar Two-Phase Flow, Level Set, click to expand the
Discretization section.
3 From the Discretization of fluids list, choose P1 + P1.
The model utilizes adaptive meshing and linear elements will then suffice.
Fluid Properties 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Laminar Two-Phase Flow,
Level Set (tpf) click Fluid Properties 1.
2 In the Settings window for Fluid Properties, locate the Fluid 1 Properties section.
3 From the Fluid 1 list, choose Air (mat2).
4 Locate the Fluid 2 Properties section. From the Fluid 2 list, choose Ink (mat1).
5 Locate the Surface Tension section. From the Surface tension coefficient list, choose
User defined. In the σ text field, type 0.07.
6 Locate the Level Set Parameters section. In the γ text field, type 10.
7 In the εls text field, type 2.5e-6.
Initial Values 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Initial Values.
2 In the Settings window for Initial Values, locate the Initial Values section.
3 Click the Fluid 2 button.
4 Select Domains 1–3 only.
Initial Interface 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Laminar Two-Phase Flow,
Level Set (tpf) click Initial Interface 1.
Inlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 2 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Level Set Condition section.
4 In the Vf text field, type 1.
5 Locate the Velocity section. In the U0 text field, type v_in.
Outlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Outlet.
2 Select Boundary 24 only.
Wall 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Wall.
2 Select Boundaries 11, 18, and 23 only.
3 In the Settings window for Wall, locate the Boundary Condition section.
4 From the Boundary condition list, choose Wetted wall.
5 In the β text field, type 10[um].
MESH 1
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Mesh 1 and choose
Build All.
STUDY 1
6 Locate the Study Extensions section. Select the Adaptive mesh refinement check box.
By adjusting the scaling of the fields manually, you can reduce the computation time.
Solution 1
1 On the Study toolbar, click Show Default Solver.
2 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1>Solver Configurations node.
3 In the Model Builder window, expand the Solution 1 node.
4 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution
1>Time-Dependent Solver 1 node, then click Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution
1>Dependent Variables 2.
5 In the Settings window for Dependent Variables, locate the Scaling section.
6 From the Method list, choose Manual.
7 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution
1>Dependent Variables 2 node, then click Velocity field (comp1.u).
8 In the Settings window for Field, locate the Scaling section.
9 From the Method list, choose Manual.
10 In the Scale text field, type 10.
11 In the Model Builder window, under Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution
1>Dependent Variables 2 click Pressure (comp1.p).
12 In the Settings window for Field, locate the Scaling section.
13 From the Method list, choose Manual.
14 In the Scale text field, type 1e4.
15 On the Study toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
1D Plot Group 4
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Data set list, choose Study 1/Refined Mesh Solution 1.
4 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Global.
5 In the Settings window for Global, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the y-axis data section. From the menu, choose Component
1>Definitions>Variables>m_d - Droplet mass.
6 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
Journal Bearing
Introduction
Journal bearings are used to carry radial loads, for example, to support a rotating shaft.
A simple journal bearing consists of two rigid cylinders. The outer cylinder (bearing)
wraps the inner rotating journal (shaft). Normally, the position of the journal center is
eccentric with the bearing center. A lubricant fills the small annular gap or clearance
between the journal and the bearing. The amount of eccentricity of the journal is
related to the pressure that will be generated in the bearing to balance the radial load.
The lubricant is supplied through a hole or a groove and may or may not extend all
around the journal.
Under normal operating conditions, the gases dissolved in the lubricant cause
cavitation in the diverging clearance between the journal and the bearing. This
happens because the pressure in the lubricant drops below the saturation pressure for
the release of dissolved gases. The saturation pressure is normally similar to the
ambient pressure. The following model does not account for cavitation and therefore
predicts sub-ambient pressures. Such sub-ambient pressures are the result of the
so-called Sommerfeld boundary condition. For practical purposes, these sub-ambient
pressures should be neglected.
Model Definition
The pressure in the lubricant (SAE 10 at 70° C) is governed by the Reynolds equation.
For an incompressible fluid with no-slip condition, the stationary Reynolds equation
in the continuum range is given by
3
– ρh ρh
∇ T ⋅ ------------- ∇Tp + ------- ( v a + v b ) – ρ ( ( ∇Tb ⋅ v b ) – ( ∇Ta ⋅ v a ) ) = 0 (1)
12μ 2
In this equation, ρ is the density (kg/m3), h is the lubricant thickness (m), μ is the
viscosity (Pa·s), p is the pressure (Pa), a is the location (m) of the channel base, va is
the tangential velocity (m/s) of the channel base, b is the location (m) of the solid wall,
and vb is the tangential velocity (m/s) of the solid wall.
The rotating journal is considered to be the solid wall. Figure 1 shows the rotating
journal wall on which you solve the Reynolds equation. Because the pressure is
constant through the lubricant film thickness, COMSOL uses the tangential
1 | JOURNAL BEARING
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
projection of the gradient operator, ∇T, to calculate the pressure distribution on the
lubricant surface. Note that in this case the term ρ((∇Tb · vb) − (∇Ta · va)) equates to 0,
so the governing equation simplifies to
3
– ρh ρh
∇ T ⋅ ------------- ∇Tp + ------- ( v a + v b ) = 0 (2)
12μ 2
h = c ( 1 + ε cos θ )
where c ≡ RB − RJ is the difference between the bearing radius and the journal radius,
ε is the eccentricity, and θ is the polar angular coordinate of a point on the lubricant.
Figure 2 shows the converging and diverging lubricant thickness around the journal.
Figure 1: Geometry (cylindrical journal) showing the base velocity direction with red
arrows.
2 | JOURNAL BEARING
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
BORDER CONDITIONS
The pressure at the ends of the cylindrical journal is assumed to be similar to the
ambient pressure. Therefore, the border conditions are
p = 0 at z = 0, L (3)
3 | JOURNAL BEARING
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 3D.
2 In the Select physics tree, select Fluid Flow>Thin-Film Flow>Thin-Film Flow, Shell (tffs).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
4 | JOURNAL BEARING
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 On the Model toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
GEOMETRY 1
Cylinder 1 (cyl1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Cylinder.
2 In the Settings window for Cylinder, locate the Object Type section.
3 From the Type list, choose Surface.
4 Locate the Size and Shape section. In the Radius text field, type R.
5 In the Height text field, type H.
6 Click the Build All Objects button.
7 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
DEFINITIONS
Variables 1
1 On the Model toolbar, click Variables and choose Local Variables.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
5 | JOURNAL BEARING
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
T H I N - F I L M F L O W, S H E L L ( T F F S )
Fluid-Film Properties 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Component 1 (comp1)>Thin-Film Flow, Shell
(tffs) node, then click Fluid-Film Properties 1.
2 In the Settings window for Fluid-Film Properties, locate the Fluid Properties section.
3 From the ρ list, choose User defined. In the associated text field, type 860[kg/m^3].
4 From the μ list, choose User defined. In the associated text field, type 0.01[Pa*s].
5 Locate the Wall Properties section. In the hw1 text field, type h.
6 Click to expand the Base properties section. Locate the Base Properties section. From
the vb list, choose User defined. Specify the vector as
u x
v y
0 z
Border 1
As you can see in the Border Settings section, the default condition that applies at the
cylinder ends is Zero pressure.
MESH 1
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Mesh 1 and choose
Build All.
STUDY 1
On the Model toolbar, click Compute.
6 | JOURNAL BEARING
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
RESULTS
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Fluid Pressure (tffs) node, then click Surface
1.1.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Expression section.
3 From the Unit list, choose MPa.
4 In the Model Builder window, right-click Fluid Pressure (tffs) and choose Contour.
5 In the Settings window for Contour, locate the Expression section.
6 From the Unit list, choose MPa.
7 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Color table list, choose GrayScale.
8 Clear the Color legend check box.
9 In the Model Builder window, click Fluid Pressure (tffs).
10 In the Settings window for 3D Plot Group, click to expand the Title section.
11 From the Title type list, choose Manual.
12 In the Title text area, type Pressure (MPa).
13 On the 3D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
To see the bearing from different angles just click and drag in the Graphics window.
3D Plot Group 2
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 3D Plot Group.
2 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click 3D Plot Group 2 and choose
Surface.
3 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Coloring and Style section.
4 From the Coloring list, choose Uniform.
5 From the Color list, choose Gray.
6 In the Model Builder window, right-click 3D Plot Group 2 and choose Arrow Surface.
7 In the Settings window for Arrow Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right
corner of the Expression section. From the menu, choose Model>Component
1>Thin-Film Flow, Shell>Wall and base properties>tffs.vbx,...,tffs.vbz - Velocity of base.
7 | JOURNAL BEARING
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
3D Plot Group 3
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 3D Plot Group.
2 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click 3D Plot Group 3 and choose
Surface.
3 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the Expression section. From the menu, choose Model>Component 1>Thin-Film
Flow, Shell>Wall and base properties>tffs.h - Total gap height.
4 On the 3D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
5 Locate the Expression section. From the Unit list, choose µm.
6 On the 3D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
8 | JOURNAL BEARING
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
J o ur na l B e a r i ng wi t h Cav i t at i on
Introduction
Journal bearings are used to carry radial loads, for example, to support a rotating shaft.
A simple journal bearing consists of two rigid cylinders. The outer cylinder (bearing)
wraps the inner rotating journal (shaft). Normally, the position of the journal center is
eccentric with the bearing center. A lubricant fills the small annular gap or clearance
between the journal and the bearing. The amount of eccentricity of the journal is
related to the pressure that will be generated in the bearing to balance the radial load.
The lubricant is supplied through a hole or a groove and may or may not extend all
around the journal.
If the bearing is not designed correctly, the gases dissolved in the lubricant can cause
cavitation in the diverging clearance between the journal and the bearing. This
happens because the pressure in the lubricant drops below the saturation pressure for
the release of dissolved gases. The saturation pressure is normally similar to the
ambient pressure. Cavitation can cause damage to the bearing components leading to
premature failure.
The following model predicts the onset and extent of cavitation in the lubrication layer.
The onset and extent of gaseous cavitation in a journal bearing determine the load that
can be applied to the bearing.
This model is based on the Journal Bearing model, that does not include cavitation
effects; please review this model first.
Model Definition
The governing equation, geometry and boundary conditions are discussed for the
Journal Bearing model and are not repeated here.
With the cavitation feature enabled, the flow in the journal bearing is divided in two
regions:
• A full film region where the pressure varies but is limited from below by the
cavitation pressure.
• A cavitation region where only part of the volume is occupied by the fluid. Because
of the presence of the gas in the void fraction, the pressure in this region is assumed
to be constant and equal to the cavitation pressure.
Elrod and Adams derived a general form of the Reynolds equation by introducing a
switch function, g, equal to 1 in the full film region (θ ≥ 1) and 0 in the cavitation
region (θ < 1). This switch function allows for solving a single equation for both the
full film and the cavitation region and leads to a modified version of the average
velocity used in the Reynold’s equation:
where the first and second terms on the right hand side correspond to the average
Couette and average Poiseuille velocities, respectively. This switch function sets the
average Poiseuille velocity is to zero in the cavitation region.
Because the average Poiseuille velocity is set to zero in the cavitation region, the
density needs to be a function of the pressure variable and could be defined as
p–p
--------------c
β
ρ = ρc e
A density that is not pressure dependent would lead to empty equations in the
cavitation region since the pressure variable p would no longer be present in the
governing equations.
Figure 2 shows the fluid mass fraction. The mass fraction is equal to 1 in the full film
region and less than 1 in the cavitation region (where only part of the volume is
occupied by the fluid). It is computed as the minimum value between 1 and the ratio
ρ/ρcav, where ρ and ρcav represent the fluid density and the density at the cavitation
pressure, respectively.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 3D.
2 In the Select physics tree, select Fluid Flow>Thin-Film Flow>Thin-Film Flow, Shell (tffs).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 On the Model toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
GEOMETRY 1
Cylinder 1 (cyl1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Cylinder.
2 In the Settings window for Cylinder, locate the Object Type section.
3 From the Type list, choose Surface.
4 Locate the Size and Shape section. In the Radius text field, type R.
5 In the Height text field, type H.
6 Click the Build All Objects button.
7 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
DEFINITIONS
Variables 1
1 On the Model toolbar, click Variables and choose Local Variables.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
T H I N - F I L M F L O W, S H E L L ( T F F S )
1 In the Model Builder window’s toolbar, click the Show button and select Advanced
Physics Options in the menu.
2 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Thin-Film Flow, Shell
(tffs).
3 In the Settings window for Thin-Film Flow, Shell, click to expand the Cavitation
section.
4 Select the Cavitation check box.
Fluid-Film Properties 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Thin-Film Flow, Shell (tffs)
click Fluid-Film Properties 1.
2 In the Settings window for Fluid-Film Properties, locate the Fluid Properties section.
3 From the μ list, choose User defined. In the associated text field, type 0.01[Pa*s].
4 Locate the Wall Properties section. In the hw1 text field, type h.
5 Click to expand the Base properties section. Locate the Base Properties section. From
the vb list, choose User defined. Specify the vector as
u x
v y
0 z
MESH 1
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Mesh 1 and choose
Build All.
STUDY 1
On the Model toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Fluid Pressure (tffs) node, then click Surface
1.1.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Expression section.
3 In the Expression text field, type tffs.p.
4 From the Unit list, choose MPa.
5 On the 3D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
6 In the Model Builder window, right-click Fluid Pressure (tffs) and choose Contour.
7 In the Settings window for Contour, locate the Expression section.
8 In the Expression text field, type tffs.p.
9 From the Unit list, choose MPa.
10 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Color table list, choose GrayScale.
11 Clear the Color legend check box.
12 In the Model Builder window, click Fluid Pressure (tffs).
13 In the Settings window for 3D Plot Group, click to expand the Title section.
14 From the Title type list, choose Manual.
15 In the Title text area, type Pressure (MPa).
16 On the 3D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
To see the bearing from different angles just click and drag in the Graphics window.
3D Plot Group 2
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 3D Plot Group.
2 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click 3D Plot Group 2 and choose
Rename.
3 In the Rename 3D Plot Group dialog box, type Mass Fraction in the New label text
field.
4 Click OK.
5 On the 3D plot group toolbar, click Surface.
Mass Fraction
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results>Mass Fraction click Surface 1.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the Expression section. From the menu, choose Model>Component 1>Thin-Film
Flow, Shell>Cavitation (Cavitation)>tffs.theta - Mass fraction.
3 On the 3D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
Introduction
Micromixers can either be static or dynamic depending on the required mixing time
and length scale. For static mixers, the Reynolds number has to be suitable high to
induce turbulence enhanced mixing. Often micromixers operate in the laminar flow
regime due to their small characteristic size. The diffusivity of a solute in the flowing
fluid may also be extremely small, on the order of 10−10m2/s. This results in mixing
length scales on the order of meters—clearly unacceptable for a microscale device.
Static mixers try to alleviate the problem by adding mixing elements to induce vorticity
into the flow. A dynamic mixer uses rotating blades to enhance the mixing process,
allowing for smaller scale devices. The one big disadvantage of a dynamic mixer is that
moving parts are required.
Model Definition
This model examines how mixing between microscopic particles occurs in a
micromixer. There are 3 inlets into the device and a single outlet. The particles enter
the modeling domain through the inlets in a continuous stream. A new set of particles
is released every 50 milliseconds for a total of one second. After this, no more particles
are released but the model is solved for an additional second. For each release inlet and
each release time, 50 particles are released with an initial velocity equal to the fluid
velocity. So, there are a total of 3×21×50 = 3150 particles released. The particles are
free to cross the pair boundary as it if were invisible provided that the Pair Continuity
feature is applied in the Particle Tracing for Fluid Flow physics interface.
The blades are rotating at a constant angular velocity of 2π radials. This means the
blades perform one complete revolution per second, in the anti-clockwise direction.
1 | P A R T I C L E TR A C I N G I N A M I C R O M I X E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Outlet
Pair boundary
Inlet Inlet
Inlet
Figure 1: Plot of the model geometry. The geometry length unit is millimeters.
d m
( v ) = mp FD ( u – v ) (1)
dt p
where u is the fluid velocity (SI unit: m/s), mp is the particle mass (SI unit: kg), v is
the particle velocity (SI unit: m/s) and FD is the drag force per unit mass (SI unit: 1/
s). When the relative Reynolds number between the particles and fluid is small, as is
the case here, the drag force per unit mass can be written as:
18μ
F D = ------------2- (2)
ρp dp
where μ is the fluid viscosity (SI unit Pa s), ρp is the particle density (SI unit: kg/m3)
and dp is the particle diameter (SI unit: m). To compute the trajectory length of each
of the particles the following ordinary differential equation is solved for each particle:
d ( tl ) = 1
(3)
ds
2 | P A R T I C L E TR A C I N G I N A M I C R O M I X E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
where tl is the trajectory length and s is the tangential direction of particle motion at
any given instant.
The mesh needs to be quite fine on the stationary/sliding interface so that the fluid
motion remains continuous. The mesh used in this model is plotted in Figure 2.
Figure 2: The mesh is quite fine on the pair boundary to accurately resolve the flow field.
The flow field is computed applying the Rotating Machinery, Laminar Flow physics
interface. The force exerted on the fluid from the particles is neglected in this model.
So, it is possible to solve for the flow field only in one study, then use a separate study
to compute the particle trajectories based on that flow field. This is usually the
recommended approach, if the field is computed from a stationary study. In this case,
there are very strong transients in the model, meaning that a huge number of timesteps
will have to be stored if the model is to be solved sequentially. It is more attractive to
solve for the particle trajectories and flow field in a single study step.
3 | P A R T I C L E TR A C I N G I N A M I C R O M I X E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
of the mixing to be visualized. The particles make their way normally inwards from the
inlets and, like the fluid velocity, begin to assume a parabolic velocity flow profile. The
particles entering from the left (the blue particles) are then swept downwards due to
the presence of the rotating blades. The particles entering from the right (the red
particles) are swept upwards, but the momentum they acquire from the blades means
that very few reach the outlet. Between 0.6 and 1 second, the particles begin to reach
the outlet. Mixing of the three particle streams continues until the particle stream is
shut off. By 2 seconds the particles mainly accumulate in the top left hand corner of
the geometry, where they flow towards the outlet in the opposite direction to that of
the blades. This is because liquid continues to flow in from all of the inlets after the
particle stream is terminated.
4 | P A R T I C L E TR A C I N G I N A M I C R O M I X E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
t = 0.2 s t = 0.4 s
t = 0.6 s t = 0.8 s
t=1s t=2s
Figure 3: Plot of the particle coordinates at different stages of the mixing process. The color
is different for each of the inlet features.
5 | P A R T I C L E TR A C I N G I N A M I C R O M I X E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Reference
1. G. Karniadakis, A. Beskok, and N. Aluru, Microflows and Nanoflows, Springer,
2005.
Start by adding the Rotating Machinery, Laminar Flow and Particle Tracing for Fluid flow
user interfaces, both of which are available in the Fluid Flow physics area.
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 2D.
2 In the Select physics tree, select Fluid Flow>Single-Phase Flow>Rotating Machinery,
Fluid Flow>Rotating Machinery, Laminar Flow (rmspf).
3 Click Add.
4 In the Select physics tree, select Fluid Flow>Particle Tracing for Fluid Flow (fpt).
5 Click Add.
6 Click Study.
7 In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies for Selected Physics Interfaces>Time
Dependent.
8 Click Done.
GEOMETRY 1
The micromixer is only a few millimeters in size, so change the geometry length unit
to millimeters:
6 | P A R T I C L E TR A C I N G I N A M I C R O M I X E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Circle 1 (c1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Circle.
2 In the Settings window for Circle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Radius text field, type 3.
4 Click the Build All Objects button.
Circle 2 (c2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Circle.
2 In the Settings window for Circle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Radius text field, type 2.75.
4 Click the Build All Objects button.
Difference 1 (dif1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Difference.
2 Select the object c1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Difference, locate the Difference section.
4 Find the Objects to subtract subsection. Select the Active toggle button.
5 Select the object c2 only.
6 Click the Build All Objects button.
Circle 3 (c3)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Circle.
2 In the Settings window for Circle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Radius text field, type 2.75.
4 Click the Build All Objects button.
Rectangle 1 (r1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.2.
4 In the Height text field, type 5.25.
5 Locate the Position section. From the Base list, choose Center.
6 Click the Build All Objects button.
Rectangle 2 (r2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
7 | P A R T I C L E TR A C I N G I N A M I C R O M I X E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Rectangle 3 (r3)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Height text field, type 0.5.
4 Locate the Position section. In the x text field, type -3.4.
5 From the Base list, choose Center.
6 Click the Build All Objects button.
Rotate 1 (rot1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Transforms and choose Rotate.
2 Select the object r3 only.
3 In the Settings window for Rotate, locate the Rotation Angle section.
4 In the Rotation text field, type 90 180 270.
5 Locate the Input section. Select the Keep input objects check box.
6 Click the Build All Objects button.
Union 1 (uni1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Union.
2 Select the objects dif1, rot1(1), r3, rot1(3), and rot1(2) only.
3 In the Settings window for Union, locate the Union section.
4 Clear the Keep interior boundaries check box.
5 Click the Build All Objects button.
Difference 2 (dif2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Difference.
2 Select the object c3 only.
3 In the Settings window for Difference, locate the Difference section.
4 Find the Objects to subtract subsection. Select the Active toggle button.
5 Select the objects r1 and r2 only.
8 | P A R T I C L E TR A C I N G I N A M I C R O M I X E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
DEFINITIONS
It is usually convenient to define an explicit selection for the pair boundaries.
Explicit 1
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Explicit.
2 In the Settings window for Explicit, locate the Input Entities section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
9 | P A R T I C L E TR A C I N G I N A M I C R O M I X E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Now define a ramp function for the inlet velocity. The boundary condition for the inlet
velocity must be consistent with the initial condition for the velocity. The initial
velocity in this model will be zero so the inlet velocity must be ramped up from zero
to its maximum value over a certain period of time. In this case the ramp time is 0.01
seconds. To achieve this, the ramp function is used with a slope of 100, meaning that
the ramp function reaches its maximum value after 0.01 seconds.
Ramp 1 (rm1)
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click More Functions and choose Ramp.
2 In the Settings window for Ramp, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the Slope text field, type 100.
4 Select the Cutoff check box.
5 Click to expand the Smoothing section. Select the Smooth at cutoff check box.
10 | P A R T I C L E TR A C I N G I N A M I C R O M I X E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Now that the ramp function is defined, create an expression for the inlet velocity which
will ramp up over 0.01 seconds.
Variables 1
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Local Variables.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
MATERIALS
Material 1 (mat1)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Materials and
choose Blank Material.
2 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Material Contents section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
R O T A T I N G M A C H I N E R Y, L A M I N A R F L O W ( R M S P F )
Add a feature which designates the rotating domain. The speed of revolution is also
specified, in this case one revolution per unit time. This means the blade system will
undergo one complete revolution (360 degrees) per second.
Rotating Domain 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Rotating Domain.
2 Select Domain 2 only.
3 In the Settings window for Rotating Domain, locate the Rotating Domain section.
4 In the Revolutions per time text field, type 1.
5 From the Rotational direction list, choose Counterclockwise.
11 | P A R T I C L E TR A C I N G I N A M I C R O M I X E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Inlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundaries 1, 5, and 12 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Velocity section.
4 In the U0 text field, type uin.
Outlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Outlet.
2 Select Boundary 7 only.
The flow continuity boundary condition is necessary on pairs so that the velocity field
in the rotating domain can be matched to the velocity field in the stationary domain.
Flow Continuity 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, in the Boundary section, click Pairs and choose Flow
Continuity.
2 In the Settings window for Flow Continuity, locate the Pair Selection section.
3 In the Pairs list, select Identity Pair 1 (ap1).
4 In the Pairs list, select Identity Pair 1 (ap1).
P A R T I C L E TR A C I N G F O R F L U I D F L OW ( F P T )
Wall 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Component 1 (comp1)>Particle Tracing for
Fluid Flow (fpt) node, then click Wall 1.
2 In the Settings window for Wall, locate the Wall Condition section.
3 From the Wall condition list, choose Bounce.
Start by adding the drag force on the particles. This requires input of the fluid velocity
and viscosity.
Drag Force 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Drag Force.
2 In the Settings window for Drag Force, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose All domains.
4 Locate the Drag Force section. From the u list, choose Velocity field (rmspf/fp1).
5 From the μ list, choose Dynamic viscosity (rmspf/fp1).
12 | P A R T I C L E TR A C I N G I N A M I C R O M I X E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Much like the flow continuity boundary condition which was added earlier, add a
boundary condition for the particles on the pairs which ensures that the particles pass
through as if the boundary was invisible.
Particle Continuity 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, in the Boundary section, click Pairs and choose Particle
Continuity.
2 In the Settings window for Particle Continuity, locate the Pair Selection section.
3 In the Pairs list, select Identity Pair 1 (ap1).
4 In the Pairs list, select Identity Pair 1 (ap1).
Now define a stream of particles over the first second for each inlet, with 50 particles
per inlet and a new release every 50 milliseconds. Defining 3 separate inlet features will
allow for improved visualization during results processing.
Inlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Initial Position section.
4 From the Initial position list, choose Uniform distribution.
5 In the N text field, type 50.
6 Locate the Initial Velocity section. From the u list, choose Velocity field (rmspf/fp1).
7 Locate the Release Times section. Click Range.
8 In the Range dialog box, type 0 in the Start text field.
9 In the Stop text field, type 1.
10 In the Step text field, type 0.05.
11 Click Replace.
Inlet 2
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Particle Tracing for Fluid Flow (fpt)>Inlet 1 and
choose Duplicate.
2 Select Boundary 5 only.
Inlet 3
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Particle Tracing for Fluid Flow (fpt)>Inlet 2 and
choose Duplicate.
2 Select Boundary 12 only.
13 | P A R T I C L E TR A C I N G I N A M I C R O M I X E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Outlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Outlet.
2 Select Boundary 7 only.
Particle Properties 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Particle Tracing for Fluid
Flow (fpt) click Particle Properties 1.
2 In the Settings window for Particle Properties, locate the Particle Properties section.
3 From the Particle property specification list, choose Specify particle mass and density.
MESH 1
A reasonably fine mesh is needed on the interface between the stationary and rotating
domains.
Edge 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Mesh 1 and
choose More Operations>Edge.
2 In the Settings window for Edge, locate the Boundary Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose All boundaries.
Size 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Edge 1 and choose Size.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
3 From the Predefined list, choose Extra fine.
Size
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Free Triangular.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
3 From the Predefined list, choose Finer.
4 Click the Build All button.
5 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
STUDY 1
14 | P A R T I C L E TR A C I N G I N A M I C R O M I X E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
In order to make the model solve efficiently some of the default solver settings need
to be modified. This is because the optimum solver settings for a fluid flow problem
are very different to the optimum settings for a particle tracing model. The default
absolute tolerances for a particle tracing model are very strict and need to be relaxed;
otherwise the fluid flow part of the problem will not solve. For both particles and
fluids, updating the Jacobian once per time step ensures that the velocity continuity
and the particle continuity across the rotating/non-rotating interface are accurate.
Also solve for best performance, solve for the particle tracing variables in the last group.
Solution 1
1 On the Study toolbar, click Show Default Solver.
2 In the Model Builder window, expand the Solution 1 node, then click Time-Dependent
Solver 1.
3 In the Settings window for Time-Dependent Solver, click to expand the Advanced
section.
4 From the Error estimation list, choose Exclude algebraic.
5 Click to expand the Absolute tolerance section. Locate the Absolute Tolerance section.
In the Tolerance text field, type 1E-3.
6 Click to expand the Time stepping section. In the Model Builder window, expand the
Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution 1>Time-Dependent Solver 1>Segregated 1
node, then click Segregated Step 1.
7 In the Settings window for Segregated Step, click to expand the Method and
termination section.
8 Locate the Method and Termination section. From the Jacobian update list, choose
Once per time step.
9 Right-click Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution 1>Time-Dependent Solver
1>Segregated 1>Segregated Step 1 and choose Move Down.
10 Right-click Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution 1>Time-Dependent Solver
1>Segregated 1>Segregated Step 1 and choose Move Down.
11 On the Study toolbar, click Compute.
15 | P A R T I C L E TR A C I N G I N A M I C R O M I X E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
RESULTS
Hide the pair boundary using the Hide Geometric Entities option in the View node.
DEFINITIONS
In the Model Builder window, expand the Component 1 (comp1)>Definitions node.
View 1
1 On the 2D view toolbar, click Hide Geometric Entities.
2 In the Settings window for Hide Geometric Entities, locate the Geometric Entity
Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
4 From the Selection list, choose Pair boundaries.
RESULTS
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results click Particle Trajectories (fpt).
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Time (s) list, choose 0.20000.
16 | P A R T I C L E TR A C I N G I N A M I C R O M I X E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
17 | P A R T I C L E TR A C I N G I N A M I C R O M I X E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
18 | P A R T I C L E TR A C I N G I N A M I C R O M I X E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Model Definition
Consider the flow relative to a reference frame fixed on a NACA 0012 airfoil with
chord-length c=1.8 m. The temperature of the ambient air is 20 °C and the relative
free-stream velocity is U∞=50 m/s resulting in a Mach number of 0.15. The Reynolds
number based on the chord length is roughly 6·106, so you can assume that the
boundary layers are turbulent over practically the entire airfoil. The airfoil is inclined
at an angle α to the oncoming stream,
To obtain a sharp trailing edge, the airfoil is slightly altered from its original shape (Ref.
3),
The upstream, top and bottom edges of the computational domain are located 100
chord-lengths away from the trailing edge of the airfoil and the downstream edge is
located 200 chord-lengths away. This is to minimize the effect of the applied boundary
conditions.
Figure 1 shows the flow domain and the applied far-field boundary conditions,
Free-stream conditions
Open boundary
U∞ ν T∞ –( 2 → 5 )
ω ∞ = ( 1 → 10 ) --------, ---------- = 10 (3)
L ν∞
where the free-stream value of the turbulence kinetic energy is given by,
k ∞ = ν T∞ ω ∞ (4)
and L is the appropriate length of the computational domain. The current model
applies the upper limit of the provided free-stream turbulence values,
U∞ ν∞ U∞
ω ∞ = 10 --------, k ∞ = 0.1 --------------- (5)
L L
Figure 2 shows a close-up of the airfoil section. A no-slip condition is applied on the
surface of the airfoil.
The computations employ a structured mesh with a high size-ratio between the
outermost and wall-adjacent elements.
Figure 3 shows the velocity magnitude and the streamlines for the steady flow around
the NACA 0012 profile at α=14 °.
Figure 3: Velocity magnitude and streamlines for the flow around a NACA 0012 airfoil.
A small separation bubble appears at the trailing edge for higher values of α and the
flow is unlikely to remain steady and two-dimensional hereon. Ref. 1 provides
experimental data for the lift coefficient versus the angle of attack,
CL ( α ) =
°c ( cp ( s ) ⁄ c ) ( ny ( s ) cos ( α ) – nx ( s ) sin ( α ) ) ds (7)
p ( s ) – p∞
c p ( s ) = ------------------------ (8)
1
--- ρ ∞ U ∞ 2
2
and c is the chord length. Note that the normal is directed outwards from the flow
domain (into the airfoil). Figure 4 shows computational and experimental results for
the lift coefficient versus angle of attack.
Figure 4: Computational (solid) and experimental (dots) results for the lift coefficient vs.
angle of attack.
results in Ref. 2.
Figure 5: Computational (solid) and experimental (dots) results for the pressure
coefficient along the airfoil.
Experimental data is only available on the low-pressure side of the airfoil. The
agreement between the computational and experimental results is very good.
References
1. C.L. Ladson, “Effects of Independent Variation of Mach and Reynolds Numbers on
the Low-Speed Aerodynamic Characteristics of the NACA 0012 Airfoil Section,”
NASA TM 4074, 1988.
3. http://turbmodels.larc.nasa.gov/naca0012_val.html
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 2D.
2 In the Select physics tree, select Fluid Flow>Single-Phase Flow>Turbulent
Flow>Turbulent Flow, SST (spf).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies>Stationary with Initialization.
6 Click Done.
DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 On the Model toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
GEOMETRY 1
Circle 1 (c1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Circle.
2 In the Settings window for Circle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Radius text field, type L.
4 In the Sector angle text field, type 90.
5 Locate the Rotation Angle section. In the Rotation text field, type 90.
Union 1 (uni1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Union.
2 Select the objects b1 and pc1 only.
3 Click the Build Selected button.
Difference 1 (dif1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Difference.
2 Select the object c1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Difference, locate the Difference section.
4 Find the Objects to subtract subsection. Select the Active toggle button.
5 Select the object csol1 only.
6 Click the Build Selected button.
Rectangle 1 (r1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type 2*L.
4 In the Height text field, type L.
5 Click the Build Selected button.
6 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Mirror 1 (mir1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Transforms and choose Mirror.
2 In the Settings window for Mirror, locate the Input section.
3 Select the Keep input objects check box.
4 Select the objects dif1 and r1 only.
5 Locate the Normal Vector to Line of Reflection section. In the x text field, type 0.
6 In the y text field, type 1.
7 Click the Build Selected button.
8 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
ADD MATERIAL
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Material to open the Add Material window.
2 Go to the Add Material window.
3 In the tree, select Liquids and Gases>Gases>Air.
4 Click Add to Component in the window toolbar.
5 On the Model toolbar, click Add Material to close the Add Material window.
TU R B U L E N T F L O W, S S T ( S P F )
Fluid Properties 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Component 1 (comp1)>Turbulent Flow, SST
(spf) node, then click Fluid Properties 1.
2 In the Settings window for Fluid Properties, locate the Distance Equation section.
3 From the lref list, choose Manual.
4 In the associated text field, type 0.2.
Inlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Turbulence Conditions section.
4 Click the Specify turbulence variables button.
5 In the k0 text field, type k_inf.
6 In the ω0 text field, type om_inf.
7 Locate the Velocity section. Click the Velocity field button.
8 Specify the u0 vector as
U_inf*cos(alpha*pi/180) x
U_inf*sin(alpha*pi/180) y
Initial Values 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Turbulent Flow, SST (spf)
click Initial Values 1.
2 In the Settings window for Initial Values, locate the Initial Values section.
3 Specify the u vector as
U_inf*cos(alpha*pi/180) x
U_inf*sin(alpha*pi/180) y
Open Boundary 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Open Boundary.
2 Select Boundary 2 only.
MESH 1
Mapped 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Mesh 1 and
choose Mapped.
2 In the Settings window for Mapped, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
4 Select Domain 3 only.
5 Click to expand the Control entities section. Locate the Control Entities section. Clear
the Smooth across removed control entities check box.
Distribution 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Mapped 1 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Boundaries 2 and 11 only.
3 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
4 From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined distribution type.
5 In the Number of elements text field, type 100.
6 In the Element ratio text field, type 15000000.
7 From the Distribution method list, choose Geometric sequence.
8 Select the Reverse direction check box.
Distribution 2
1 Right-click Mapped 1 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Boundary 7 only.
Distribution 3
1 Right-click Mapped 1 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Boundary 12 only.
3 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
4 From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined distribution type.
5 In the Number of elements text field, type 50.
6 In the Element ratio text field, type 480000.
7 From the Distribution method list, choose Geometric sequence.
8 Select the Reverse direction check box.
Mapped 2
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Mapped.
2 In the Settings window for Mapped, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
4 Select Domains 1 and 4 only.
5 Locate the Control Entities section. Clear the Smooth across removed control entities
check box.
Distribution 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Mapped 2 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Boundaries 9–11 only.
3 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
4 From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined distribution type.
5 In the Number of elements text field, type 100.
6 In the Element ratio text field, type 15000000.
7 From the Distribution method list, choose Geometric sequence.
Distribution 2
1 Right-click Mapped 2 and choose Distribution.
Mapped 3
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Mapped.
2 In the Settings window for Mapped, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
4 Select Domain 2 only.
5 Locate the Control Entities section. Clear the Smooth across removed control entities
check box.
Distribution 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Mapped 3 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Boundaries 8 and 10 only.
3 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
4 From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined distribution type.
5 In the Number of elements text field, type 100.
6 In the Element ratio text field, type 15000000.
7 From the Distribution method list, choose Geometric sequence.
Distribution 2
1 Right-click Mapped 3 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Boundary 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
4 From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined distribution type.
5 In the Number of elements text field, type 50.
6 In the Element ratio text field, type 25.
7 From the Distribution method list, choose Geometric sequence.
8 Select the Reverse direction check box.
9 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Build All.
STUDY 1
Step 2: Stationary
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1 node, then click Step 2: Stationary.
2 In the Settings window for Stationary, click to expand the Study extensions section.
3 Locate the Study Extensions section. Select the Auxiliary sweep check box.
4 Click Add.
5 In the table, enter the following settings:
RESULTS
Velocity (spf)
Set up a velocity-magnitude and streamline plot for the region close to the airfoil and
display it during the computations.
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click Velocity (spf) and choose
Streamline.
2 In the Settings window for Streamline, locate the Streamline Positioning section.
3 From the Positioning list, choose Start point controlled.
4 From the Entry method list, choose Coordinates.
5 In the x text field, type 0.
6 In the y text field, type range(-2,0.025,2).
7 In the Model Builder window, click Velocity (spf).
8 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, locate the Plot Settings section.
9 From the View list, choose View 1.
DEFINITIONS
In the Model Builder window, expand the Component 1 (comp1)>Definitions node.
Axis
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Component 1 (comp1)>Definitions>View 1
node, then click Axis.
2 In the Settings window for Axis, locate the Axis section.
3 In the x minimum text field, type -2.2.
4 In the x maximum text field, type 0.6.
5 In the y minimum text field, type -1.
6 In the y maximum text field, type 1.
7 Click the Update button.
View 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Definitions click View 1.
2 In the Settings window for View, locate the View section.
3 Select the Lock axis check box.
STUDY 1
In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1>Solver Configurations node.
Solution 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution
1>Stationary Solver 2 node, then click Segregated 1.
2 In the Settings window for Segregated, click to expand the Results while solving
section.
3 Locate the Results While Solving section. Select the Plot check box.
4 On the Study toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
Derived Values
1 On the Results toolbar, click More Derived Values and choose Integration>Line
Integration.
2 Select Boundaries 3 and 4 only.
3 In the Settings window for Line Integration, locate the Expression section.
4 In the Expression text field, type p/(1/2*rho_inf*U_inf^2)/
c*(spf.nymesh*cos(alpha*pi/180)-spf.nxmesh*sin(alpha*pi/180)).
TABLE
1 Go to the Table window.
2 Click Table Graph in the window toolbar.
RESULTS
1D Plot Group 4
1 On the Results toolbar, click Table.
2 In the Settings window for Table, locate the Data section.
3 Click Import.
4 Browse to the model’s Model Library folder and double-click the file
naca0012_airfoil_Ladson_CL.dat.
TABLE
Go to the Table window.
RESULTS
1D Plot Group 4
1 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Table Graph.
2 In the Settings window for Table Graph, locate the Data section.
3 From the Table list, choose Table 2.
4 Locate the Coloring and Style section. Find the Line style subsection. From the Line
list, choose None.
5 From the Color list, choose Blue.
6 Find the Line markers subsection. From the Marker list, choose Point.
7 From the Positioning list, choose In data points.
8 In the Model Builder window, click 1D Plot Group 4.
9 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, click to expand the Title section.
10 From the Title type list, choose Manual.
11 In the Title text area, type Lift vs. angle of attack.
12 Locate the Plot Settings section. Select the x-axis label check box.
13 In the associated text field, type \alpha.
14 Select the y-axis label check box.
15 In the associated text field, type CL.
TA BL E
1 Go to the Table window.
2 Click Table Graph in the window toolbar.
RESULTS
1D Plot Group 5
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results>1D Plot Group 5 click Table Graph 1.
2 In the Settings window for Table Graph, locate the Coloring and Style section.
3 Find the Line style subsection. From the Line list, choose None.
4 From the Color list, choose Blue.
5 Find the Line markers subsection. From the Marker list, choose Point.
6 From the Positioning list, choose In data points.
7 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Line Graph.
8 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the Data section.
9 From the Data set list, choose Study 1/Solution 1.
10 From the Parameter selection (alpha) list, choose Manual.
11 In the Parameter values (alpha) (1-8) text field, type 6.
12 Select Boundaries 3 and 4 only.
13 Locate the y-Axis Data section. In the Expression text field, type -p/(1/
2*rho_inf*U_inf^2).
14 Locate the x-Axis Data section. From the Parameter list, choose Expression.
15 In the Expression text field, type (x+c)/c.
16 Click to expand the Coloring and style section. Locate the Coloring and Style section.
Find the Line style subsection. From the Color list, choose Blue.
17 In the Model Builder window, click 1D Plot Group 5.
18 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Title section.
Non-Newtonian Flow
Introduction
This model shows the influence of shear rate dependent viscosity on the flow of a linear
polystyrene solution. For this type of flow, you can use the Carreau viscosity model.
Due to rotational symmetry, it is possible to reduce the model dimensions from 3D to
axisymmetric 2D (see Figure 1).
Model Definition
For non-Newtonian flow, μ denotes the viscosity (kg/(m·s)), u the velocity (m/s), ρ
the density of the fluid (kg/m3) and p the pressure (Pa). The equations to solve are
the momentum and continuity equations.
∂u T
ρ – ∇ ⋅ μ ( ∇u + ( ∇u ) ) + ρu ⋅ ∇ u + ∇p = 0
∂t (1)
∇⋅u = 0
·
In the Carreau model, the viscosity depends on the shear rate, γ , which for an
axisymmetric model in cylindrical coordinates is defined according to Equation 2:
2
--- ( 2u r ) + 2 ( u z + v r ) + ( 2v z ) + 4 u
---
· 1 2 2 2
γ = (2)
2 r
(n – 1)
· -----------------
μ = μ ∞ + ( μ 0 – μ ∞ ) [ 1 + ( λγ ) 2 ] 2 (3)
where μ∞ is the infinite shear rate viscosity, μ0 is the zero shear rate viscosity, λ is a
parameter with units of time, and n is a dimensionless parameter. A solution of linear
polystyrene in 1-chloronaphthalene has the properties listed in Table 1 (Ref. 1).
TABLE 1: PROPERTIES OF A SOLUTION OF LINEAR POLYSTYRENE IN 1-CHLORONAPHTALENE.
PARAMETER VALUE
μ∞ 0
μ0 166 Pa·s
λ 1.73·10-2 s
1 | NON-NEWTONIAN FLOW
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
PARAMETER VALUE
n 0.538
ρ 450 kg/m3
The model domain is depicted in Figure 1.
Outlet No slip
No slip Inlet
Symmetry
The boundary conditions at the inlet and the outlet are set to fixed pressures and
vanishing viscous stresses:
p = p in
(4)
p = 0
and
T
n ⋅ [ μ ( ∇u + ( ∇u ) ) ] = 0 (5)
To study the effect on viscosity at different inlet pressures, the model makes use of the
parametric solver to vary pin from 10 kPa to 210 kPa. The axis of rotation requires the
axial symmetry condition:
u⋅n = 0 (6)
u = 0 (7)
2 | NON-NEWTONIAN FLOW
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
shows that the region with greatest velocity gradient is in the contraction, which means
that the shear rate will be largest there.
3 | NON-NEWTONIAN FLOW
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Because the fluid is shear thinning, the viscosity depends on the shear rate and is shown
in Figure 3. It reaches its lowest value close to the wall in the contraction between the
piston and the wall.
Figure 3: Viscosity distribution in the model domain. The lowest viscosity occurs at the wall
in the contraction region.
Showing the result of a parametric study of the inlet pressure, Figure 4 contains a
cross-sectional plot of the viscosity across the contraction. Sweeping through a range
of inlet pressures imposes greater velocities on the non-Newtonian fluid. As the
velocity increases, the shear rate also increases and the viscosity decreases. An optimal
condition is to have as flat a viscosity profile as possible. This is hindered by also
wanting to put through as high a flow rate as possible.
4 | NON-NEWTONIAN FLOW
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Figure 4: Parametric study of the process, sweeping the inlet pressure from 10 kPa to 210
kPa, while investigating a cross-sectional viscosity plot. The greater the inlet pressure (and
pressure differential) the less the viscosity and more varied its distribution through the cross
section.
Reference
1. R.B. Bird, W.E. Stewart, and E.N. Lightfoot, Transport Phenomena, John Wiley
& Sons, 1960.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
5 | NON-NEWTONIAN FLOW
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 2D Axisymmetric.
2 In the Select physics tree, select Fluid Flow>Single-Phase Flow>Laminar Flow (spf).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies>Stationary.
6 Click Done.
GEOMETRY 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Geometry 1.
2 In the Settings window for Geometry, locate the Units section.
3 From the Length unit list, choose mm.
Rectangle 1 (r1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type 9.
4 In the Height text field, type 21.
5 Click the Build Selected button.
Rectangle 2 (r2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type 12.
4 In the Height text field, type 27.
5 Locate the Position section. In the r text field, type 6.
6 In the z text field, type -21.
7 Click the Build Selected button.
6 | NON-NEWTONIAN FLOW
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
7 | NON-NEWTONIAN FLOW
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Compose 1 (co1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Compose.
2 Click in the Graphics window and then press Ctrl+A to select all objects.
3 In the Settings window for Compose, locate the Compose section.
4 In the Set formula text field, type r1+r2-b1-b2.
5 Clear the Keep interior boundaries check box.
6 Click the Build Selected button.
7 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
DEFINITIONS
Add a global parameter for the inlet pressure. You will use this as the parameter in a
parametric sweep.
Parameters
1 On the Model toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
Fluid Properties 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Component 1 (comp1)>Laminar Flow (spf)
node, then click Fluid Properties 1.
2 In the Settings window for Fluid Properties, locate the Fluid Properties section.
3 From the ρ list, choose User defined. In the associated text field, type 450.
4 From the μ list, choose Non-Newtonian Carreau model.
5 In the μ0 text field, type 166.
8 | NON-NEWTONIAN FLOW
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Inlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 2 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Boundary Condition section.
4 From the list, choose Pressure.
5 Locate the Pressure Conditions section. In the p0 text field, type p_in.
Outlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Outlet.
2 Select Boundary 4 only.
MESH 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Mesh 1.
2 In the Settings window for Mesh, locate the Mesh Settings section.
3 From the Element size list, choose Extra fine.
4 Click the Build All button.
STUDY 1
Parametric Sweep
1 On the Study toolbar, click Parametric Sweep.
2 In the Settings window for Parametric Sweep, locate the Study Settings section.
3 Click Add.
4 In the table, enter the following settings:
RESULTS
Velocity (spf)
The default plot groups shows the velocity magnitude in 2D (compare with Figure 2)
and 3D as well as the pressure field in 2D.
9 | NON-NEWTONIAN FLOW
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Visualize the viscosity distribution in a separate plot group with the following steps:
2D Plot Group 4
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click 2D Plot Group 4 and choose
Surface.
3 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
4 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Compare the resulting plot with that in Figure 3.
5 In the Model Builder window, under Results>2D Plot Group 4 click Surface 1.
6 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the Expression section. From the menu, choose Model>Component 1>Laminar
Flow>spf.mu - Dynamic viscosity.
7 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
8 In the Model Builder window, right-click 2D Plot Group 4 and choose Rename.
9 In the Rename 2D Plot Group dialog box, type Viscosity in the New label text field.
10 Click OK.
Data Sets
1 On the Results toolbar, click Cut Line 2D.
2 In the Settings window for Cut Line 2D, locate the Line Data section.
3 In row Point 1, set r to 7.55.
4 In row Point 1, set z to 0.32.
5 In row Point 2, set r to 9.97.
6 In row Point 2, set z to 3.79.
10 | NON-NEWTONIAN FLOW
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
1D Plot Group 5
1 On the Results toolbar, click 1D Plot Group.
2 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Line Graph.
3 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the Data section.
4 From the Data set list, choose Cut Line 2D 1.
5 Click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of the y-axis data section. From
the menu, choose Model>Component 1>Laminar Flow>spf.mu - Dynamic viscosity.
6 Click to expand the Quality section. From the Recover list, choose Within domains.
7 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
11 | NON-NEWTONIAN FLOW
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
12 | NON-NEWTONIAN FLOW
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
R i s i ng Bubble
Introduction
This example shows how to model two immiscible fluids, tracking the fluid-fluid
interface. An oil bubble rises through water and merges with oil already residing at the
top of the container. Initially three different regions exist: the initially still oil bubble,
the oil at the top of the container, and the water surrounding the bubble (see
Figure 1). The container is cylindrical with a diameter of 1·10−2 m and a height of
1.5·10−2 m. The oil phase has a viscosity of 0.0208 Pa·s and a density of 879 kg/m3.
For water the viscosity is 1.01 · 10−3 Pa·s and the density is 1000 kg/m3. Buoyancy
effects cause the oil bubble to rise through the water phase. As the bubble reaches the
liquid-liquid interface, it merges with the oil phase.
Oil
Water
As outlined above, the topology of the fluid interface changes with time. You start with
three separate fluid regions and end up with two. The level set method as well as the
phase field method are both well suited for modeling moving boundaries where
topology changes occur. Both methods are available in the CFD Module as predefined
physics interfaces. This example shows you how to use the Laminar Two Phase Flow,
Level Set interface.
1 | RISING BUBBLE
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Model Definition
∂φ ∇φ-
------ + u ⋅ ∇φ = γ∇ ⋅ ε∇φ – φ ( 1 – φ ) --------- (1)
∂t ∇φ
where u (m/s) is the fluid velocity, and γ (m/s) and ε (m) are reinitialization
parameters. The ε parameter determines the thickness of the layer around the interface
where φ goes from zero to one. When stabilization is used for the level set equation,
you can typically use an interface thickness of ε = hc/2, where hc is the characteristic
mesh size in the region passed by the interface. The γ parameter determines the
amount of reinitialization. A suitable value for γ is the maximum velocity magnitude
occurring in the model.
Because the level set function is a smooth step function, it is also used to determine the
density and dynamic viscosity globally by
ρ = ρ w + ( ρ o – ρ w )φ
and
μ = μ w + ( μ o – μ w )φ,
Here ρw, μw, ρo, and μo denote the constant density and viscosity of water and oil,
respectively.
M A S S A N D M O M E N T U M TR A N S P O R T
In the Laminar Two-Phase Flow, Level Set, the transport of mass and momentum is
governed by the incompressible Navier-Stokes equations, including surface tension:
∂u
ρ ------- + u ⋅ ∇u = – ∇p + ∇ ⋅ μ ( ∇u + ∇u ) + ρg + F st
T
∂t
∇⋅u = 0
In the above equations, ρ (kg/m3) denotes the density, u is the velocity (m/s), t
equals time (s), p is the pressure (Pa), and μ denotes the viscosity (Pa·s). The
2 | RISING BUBBLE
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
momentum equations contain gravity, ρg, and surface tension force components,
denoted by Fst.
Surface Tension
The surface tension force is defined by
T
F st = ∇ ⋅ T = ∇ ⋅ [ σ { I + ( – nn ) }δ ]
where σ is the surface tension coefficient, I is the identity matrix, n is the interface unit
normal, and δ is a Dirac delta function, nonzero only at the fluid interface. The
interface normal is calculated from
∇φ
n = ----------
∇φ
The level set parameter φ is also used to approximate the delta function by a smooth
function defined by
δ = 6 φ ( 1 – φ ) ∇φ
INITIAL CONDITION
At t = 0, the velocity is zero. Figure 2 shows the initial level set function. This is
automatically computed using a Phase Initialization study step by solving for the
geometrical distance to the initial interface, Dwi. The initialized level set function is
then defined from the analytical steady state solution for a straight fluid-fluid interface:
1 - 1
φ 1,0 = -----------------------
D ⁄ε
, φ 2,0 = -------------------------
–D ⁄ ε
-,
1 + e wi 1 + e wi
Figure 2: A surface and contour plot of the initialized level set function.
3 | RISING BUBBLE
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
BOUNDARY CONDITIONS
Use no-slip conditions, u = 0 at the top and bottom and a wetted wall condition on
the right boundary. The left boundary corresponds to the symmetry axis.
Figure 3: Snapshots showing the interface prior to and just after the bubble hits the surface.
Figure 4: Snapshots showing the interface after the bubble has merged with the oil above.
4 | RISING BUBBLE
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
One way to investigate the quality of the numerical results is to check the conservation
of mass. Because there are no reactions and no flow through the boundaries, the total
mass of each fluid should be constant in time. Figure 5 shows the total mass of oil as a
function of time. The mass loss during simulation is less than 0.2%, showing that the
model conserve mass well.
Figure 5: Total mass of oil as a function of time. The total mass loss during the simulation
is very small, less than 0.2%.
5 | RISING BUBBLE
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 2D Axisymmetric.
2 In the Select physics tree, select Fluid Flow>Multiphase Flow>Two-Phase Flow, Level
Set>Laminar Two-Phase Flow, Level Set (tpf).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies>Transient with Phase Initialization.
6 Click Done.
GEOMETRY 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Geometry 1.
2 In the Settings window for Geometry, locate the Units section.
3 From the Length unit list, choose mm.
Rectangle 1 (r1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type 5.
4 In the Height text field, type 15.
5 Click the Build Selected button.
Polygon 1 (pol1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Polygon.
2 In the Settings window for Polygon, locate the Coordinates section.
3 In the r text field, type 0 5.
4 In the z text field, type 10.
5 Click the Build Selected button.
Circle 1 (c1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Circle.
6 | RISING BUBBLE
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
2 In the Settings window for Circle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Radius text field, type 2.
4 In the Sector angle text field, type 180.
5 Locate the Position section. In the z text field, type 4.
6 Locate the Rotation Angle section. In the Rotation text field, type -90.
7 Click the Build Selected button.
ADD MATERIAL
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Material to open the Add Material window.
2 Go to the Add Material window.
3 In the tree, select Liquids and Gases>Liquids>Transformer oil.
4 Click Add to Component in the window toolbar.
ADD MATERIAL
1 Go to the Add Material window.
2 In the tree, select Liquids and Gases>Liquids>Water.
3 Click Add to Component in the window toolbar.
MATERIALS
Water (mat2)
You can leave the Geometric Entity Selection empty at this stage; it will be defined when
you use this material in the Fluid Properties feature.
L A M I N A R TW O - P H A S E F L O W, L E V E L S E T ( T P F )
Fluid Properties 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Component 1 (comp1)>Laminar Two-Phase
Flow, Level Set (tpf) node, then click Fluid Properties 1.
2 In the Settings window for Fluid Properties, locate the Fluid 1 Properties section.
3 From the Fluid 1 list, choose Transformer oil (mat1).
4 Locate the Fluid 2 Properties section. From the Fluid 2 list, choose Water (mat2).
7 | RISING BUBBLE
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
5 Locate the Surface Tension section. From the Surface tension coefficient list, select
Library coefficient, liquid/liquid interface, then select Olive oil/Water, 20C from the list
underneath.
6 Locate the Level Set Parameters section. In the γ text field, type 0.1.
Initial Values 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Initial Values.
2 In the Settings window for Initial Values, locate the Initial Values section.
3 Click the Fluid 2 button.
4 Select Domain 1 only.
Initial Interface 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Laminar Two-Phase Flow,
Level Set (tpf) click Initial Interface 1.
2 Select Boundaries 7, 11, and 12 only.
Gravity 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Gravity.
2 In the Settings window for Gravity, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose All domains.
Wall 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Wall.
2 Select Boundaries 9 and 10 only.
3 In the Settings window for Wall, locate the Boundary Condition section.
4 From the Boundary condition list, choose Wetted wall.
DEFINITIONS
Before creating the mesh, add a variable for computing the mass of oil in the model
domain. You will use this variable later to test mass conservation.
Variables 1
1 On the Model toolbar, click Variables and choose Local Variables.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
8 | RISING BUBBLE
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
MESH 1
Size
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Mesh 1 and
choose Free Triangular.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
3 Click the Custom button.
4 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. In the Maximum element size text field,
type 0.2.
5 Click the Build All button.
STUDY 1
Solution 1
1 On the Study toolbar, click Show Default Solver.
2 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1>Solver Configurations node.
3 In the Model Builder window, expand the Solution 1 node, then click Dependent
Variables 2.
4 In the Settings window for Dependent Variables, locate the Scaling section.
5 From the Method list, choose Manual.
6 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution
1>Dependent Variables 2 node, then click Velocity field (comp1.u).
7 In the Settings window for Field, locate the Scaling section.
8 From the Method list, choose Manual.
9 In the Scale text field, type 0.01.
9 | RISING BUBBLE
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
RESULTS
Derived Values
1 On the Results toolbar, click More Derived Values and choose Integration>Surface
Integration.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Integration, locate the Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose All domains.
4 Click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of the Expression section. From
the menu, choose Model>Component 1>Definitions>Variables>rho_oil - Oil mass per
unit volume.
5 Locate the Expression section. In the Unit field, type g.
6 Locate the Integration Settings section. Select the Compute volume integral check
box.
7 Click the Evaluate button.
TABLE
1 Go to the Table window.
2 Click Table Graph in the window toolbar.
RESULTS
1D Plot Group 4
Compare the result to that in Figure 5. As the plot shows, mass is conserved to within
0.2% accuracy.
10 | RISING BUBBLE
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
To reproduce the plots of reproduced in Figure 2 and Figure 3, plot the solution for
the time values 0 0.08 0.12, 0.16, 0.20, 0.26, and 0.32.
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Volume Fraction, 3D (tpf) node.
2 Right-click Volume Fraction, 3D (tpf) and choose Slice.
3 In the Settings window for Slice, locate the Plane Data section.
4 From the Plane list, choose zx-planes.
5 In the Planes text field, type 1.
6 Locate the Expression section. In the Expression text field, type tpf.U.
7 In the Model Builder window, click Volume Fraction, 3D (tpf).
8 In the Settings window for 3D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
9 From the Time (s) list, choose 0.11000.
10 On the 3D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
Export
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click Volume Fraction, 3D (tpf) and
choose Player.
2 Right-click Player 1 and choose Play.
11 | RISING BUBBLE
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
12 | RISING BUBBLE
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Model Definition
DOMAIN EQUATIONS
The flow is described by the Navier-Stokes equations:
∂u T
ρ + ρ ( u ⋅ ∇ )u = ∇ ⋅ [ – pI + μ ( ∇u + ( ∇u ) ) ] + F
∂t (1)
∇⋅u = 0
In these equations, u denotes the velocity (m/s), ρ the density (kg/m3), μ the
dynamic viscosity (Pa·s), and p the pressure (Pa). For a stationary, axisymmetric flow
2 2
∂u v ∂u ∂p 1 ∂ ∂u u ∂ u
ρ u ------ – ----- + w ------ + ------ = μ --- ----- r ------ – ----2- + --------- + Fr
∂r r ∂z ∂r r ∂r ∂r r 2
∂z
2
∂v uv ∂v 1 ∂ ∂v v ∂ v
ρ u ------ + ------- + w ------ = μ --- ----- r ------ – ----2- + --------2- + F ϕ (2)
∂r r ∂z r ∂r ∂r r ∂z
2
∂w ∂w ∂p 1 ∂ ∂w ∂ w
ρ u ------- + w ------- + ------ = μ --- ----- r ------- + ---------- + Fz
∂r ∂z ∂z r ∂r ∂r ∂z 2
Here u is the radial velocity, v the rotational velocity, and w the axial velocity (m/s).
In the model you set the volumetric force components Fr, F ϕ , and Fz to zero. The
swirling flow is 2D even though the model includes all three velocity components.
BOUNDARY CONDITIONS
Figure 2 below shows the boundary conditions.
Sliding wall
Symmetry
No slip
Axial symmetry
On the stirrer, use the sliding wall boundary condition to specify the velocities. The
velocity components in the plane are zero, and that in the angular direction is equal to
the angular velocity, ω, times the radius, r:
w w = rω (3)
At the boundaries representing the cylinder surface a no slip condition applies, stating
that all velocity components equal zero:
u = ( 0, 0, 0 ) (4)
At the boundary corresponding to the rotation axis, use the axial symmetry boundary
condition allowing flow in the tangential direction of the boundary but not in the
normal direction. This is obtained by setting the radial velocity to zero:
u = 0 (5)
On the top boundary, which is a free surface, use the Symmetry condition to allow for
flow in the axial and rotational directions only. The boundary condition is
mathematically similar to the axial symmetry condition.
PO IN T S ET TINGS
Because there is no outflow boundary in this model, where the pressure would be
specified, you need to lock the pressure to some reference pressure in a point. In this
model, set the pressure to zero in the top right corner.
Results
The parametric solver provides the solution for four different angular velocities.
Figure 3 shows the results for the smallest angular velocity, ω = 0.25π rad/s.
Figure 3: Results for angular velocity ω= 0.25π rad/s. The surface plot shows the
magnitude of the velocity field and the white lines are streamlines of the velocity field.
The shape of the two recirculation zones, which are visualized with streamlines,
changes as the angular velocity increases. Figure 4 shows the streamlines of the velocity
field for higher angular velocities.
Figure 4: Results for angular velocities ω = 0.5π, 2π, and 4π rad/s. The surface plot shows
the magnitude of the velocity and the white lines are streamlines of the velocity field.
Figure 5 and Figure 6 show isocontours of the rotational velocity component together
with surface plots of the velocity magnitude for different angular velocities.
Figure 5: Isocontours for the azimuthal velocity component for angular velocity ω =
0.25π rad/s. The surface plot shows the magnitude of the velocity.
Figure 6: Magnitude of the velocity field (surface) and isocontours for the azimuthal
velocity component for angular velocities (left to right) ω = 0.5π, 2π, and 4π rad/s.
Figure 7 shows the turbulent viscosity and flow fields for the angular velocity to ω =
500π rad/s and turbulent flow in the mixer volume.
Figure 7: Results for angular velocity ω = 500π rad/s. The surface plot shows the turbulent
viscosity and the white lines are streamlines of the velocity field.
Reference
1. P.M. Gresho and R.L. Sani, Incompressible Flow and the Finite Element Method,
vol. 2, p. 469, John Wiley & Sons, 1998.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 2D Axisymmetric.
2 In the Select physics tree, select Fluid Flow>Single-Phase Flow>Laminar Flow (spf).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies>Stationary.
6 Click Done.
DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 On the Model toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
GEOMETRY 1
Rectangle 1 (r1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.02.
4 In the Height text field, type 0.04.
5 Click the Build All Objects button.
6 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Rectangle 2 (r2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.008.
4 In the Height text field, type 0.003.
5 Locate the Position section. In the z text field, type 0.014.
6 Click the Build All Objects button.
Rectangle 3 (r3)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.001.
4 In the Height text field, type 0.023.
5 Locate the Position section. In the z text field, type 0.017.
6 Click the Build All Objects button.
Difference 1 (dif1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Difference.
2 Select the object r1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Difference, locate the Difference section.
4 Find the Objects to subtract subsection. Select the Active toggle button.
5 Select the objects r2 and r3 only.
6 Clear the Keep interior boundaries check box.
7 Click the Build All Objects button.
8 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
MATERIALS
Material 1 (mat1)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Materials and
choose Blank Material.
2 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Material Contents section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
5 In the Model Builder window’s toolbar, click the Show button and select Discretization
in the menu.
6 Click to expand the Discretization section. From the Discretization of fluids list,
choose P2+P1.
Wall 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Wall.
2 Select Boundaries 3–5 and 7 only.
3 In the Settings window for Wall, locate the Boundary Condition section.
4 From the Boundary condition list, choose Sliding wall.
5 In the vw text field, type omega*r.
Symmetry 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Symmetry.
2 Select Boundary 6 only.
STUDY 1
Step 1: Stationary
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1 node, then click Step 1: Stationary.
2 In the Settings window for Stationary, click to expand the Study extensions section.
3 Locate the Study Extensions section. Select the Auxiliary sweep check box.
4 Click Add.
5 In the table, enter the following settings:
RESULTS
Velocity (spf)
To create Figure 3 do the following steps:
1 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
2 From the Parameter value (omega) list, choose 0.78540.
3 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
4 In the Model Builder window, expand the Velocity (spf) node, then click Surface 1.
5 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Expression section.
6 From the Unit list, choose mm/s.
7 In the Model Builder window, right-click Velocity (spf) and choose Streamline.
8 In the Settings window for Streamline, locate the Streamline Positioning section.
9 From the Positioning list, choose Uniform density.
10 In the Separating distance text field, type 0.02.
11 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Color list, choose White.
12 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
To produce the series of snapshots of the velocity and streamlines of the velocity field
shown in Figure 4, proceed with the following steps:
To plot the isocontours for the azimuthal velocity component Figure 5, proceed with
the following steps.
2D Plot Group 4
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Parameter value (omega) list, choose 0.78540.
4 Right-click Results>2D Plot Group 4 and choose Surface.
5 Right-click 2D Plot Group 4 and choose Contour.
6 In the Settings window for Contour, click to expand the Quality section.
7 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
8 Click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of the Expression section. From
the menu, choose Model>Component 1>Laminar Flow>Velocity field>v - Velocity field,
phi component.
9 Locate the Levels section. In the Total levels text field, type 15.
10 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Coloring list, choose Uniform.
11 From the Color list, choose White.
12 Locate the Quality section. From the Resolution list, choose Finer.
13 From the Recover list, choose Within domains.
14 In the Model Builder window, under Results>2D Plot Group 4 click Surface 1.
15 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Coloring and Style section.
16 Clear the Color legend check box.
17 In the Model Builder window, click 2D Plot Group 4.
18 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
19 From the Parameter value (omega) list, choose 1.5708.
20 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
21 From the Parameter value (omega) list, choose 6.2832.
22 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
23 From the Parameter value (omega) list, choose 12.566.
24 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
Now, modify the model to simulate turbulent swirl flow. Pseudo Time Stepping
enhances the stability of stationary turbulence simulations.
25 In the Model Builder window’s toolbar, click the Show button and select Advanced
Physics Options in the menu.
MESH 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Mesh 1.
2 In the Settings window for Mesh, locate the Mesh Settings section.
3 From the Element size list, choose Fine.
STUDY 1
Step 1: Stationary
1 In the Model Builder window, under Study 1 click Step 1: Stationary.
2 In the Settings window for Stationary, locate the Study Extensions section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
RESULTS
Velocity (spf)
Next, define a surface plot visualizing the turbulent viscosity and the streamlines of the
velocity field (Figure 7).
Velocity (spf) 2
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click Velocity (spf) and choose
Duplicate.
2 From the Parameter value (omega) list, choose 1570.8.
3 In the Model Builder window, expand the Velocity (spf) 2 node, then click Surface 1.
4 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the Expression section. From the menu, choose Model>Component 1>Laminar
Flow>spf.muT - Turbulent dynamic viscosity.
5 Locate the Coloring and Style section. Select the Color legend check box.
The model set-up corresponds to the one studied by Couci et al. in Ref. ?. The
temperature and composition resulting from the non-premixed combustion in the
burner setup have also been experimentally investigated by Barlow and co-workers
(Ref. ?-?) as a part of the International Workshop on Measurement and Computation
of Turbulent Nonpremixed Flames (Ref. ?). The model is solved in COMSOL
Multiphysics by combining a Reacting Flow and a Heat Transfer in Fluids interface.
Model Definition
The burner studied in this model consists of a straight pipe placed in a slight co-flow.
The gas phase fuel is fed through the pipe using an inlet velocity of 76 m/s, while the
co-flow velocity outside of pipe is 0.7 m/s. At the pipe exit, the fuel gas mixes with
the co-flow, creating an unconfined circular jet. The gas fed through the tube consists
of three compounds typical of syngas; carbon monoxide (CO), hydrogen (H2) and
nitrogen (N2). The co-flow gas consists of air. At the pipe exit, the fuel is ignited. Since
the fuel and oxidizer enter the reaction zone separately, the resulting combustion is of
the non-premixed type. A continuous reaction requires that the reactants and the
oxidizer are mixed to stoichiometric conditions. In this set-up the turbulent flow of
the jet will effectively mix the fuel from the pipe with the co-flowing oxygen.
Furthermore the mixture needs to be continuously ignited. In this burner the small
recirculation zones generated by the pipe wall thickness provide the means to
decelerate hot product gas. The recirculation zones hereby promote continuous
ignition of the oncoming mixture and stabilizes the flame at the pipe orifice. In
experiments (Ref. ?) no lift-off or localized extinction of the flame has been observed.
In the current model, the syngas combustion is modeled using two irreversible
reactions:
CO + 0.5O 2 → CO 2 (1)
H 2 + 0.5O 2 → H 2 O (2)
The Reynolds number for the jet, based on the inlet velocity and the inner diameter of
the pipe, is approximately 16700, indicating that the jet is fully turbulent. Under these
circumstances, both the mixing and the reactions processes in the jet are significantly
influenced by the turbulent nature of the flow. To account for the turbulence when
solving for the flow field, the k-ω turbulence model is applied.
TU R B U L E N T R E A C T I O N R A T E
When using a turbulence model in a Reacting Flow interface, the production rate (kg/
(m3·s)) of species i resulting from reaction j is modeled as the minimum of the
mean-value-closure reaction rate and the eddy-dissipation-model rate:
The mean-value-closure rate is the kinetic reaction rate expressed using the mean mass
fractions. This corresponds to the characteristic reaction rate for reactions which are
slow compared to the turbulent mixing, or the reaction rate in regions with negligible
turbulence levels. This can be quantified through the Damköhler number, which
compares the turbulent time scale (τT) to the chemical time scale (τc). The
mean-value-closure is appropriate for low Damköhler numbers:
τT
Da = ------ « 1
τc
αj ωr ωp
r ED,j = ------ ρ ⋅ min min --------------- , β ---------------- (4)
τT ν rj M r ν pj M p
p
where τT (s) is the mixing time scale of the turbulence, ρ is the mixture density (kg/
m3), ω is the species mass fraction, ν denotes the stoichiometric coefficients, and M is
the molar mass (kg/mol). Properties of reactants of the reaction are indicated using a
subscript r, while product properties are denoted by a subscript p.
The eddy-dissipation model assumes that both the Reynolds and Damköhler numbers
are sufficiently high for the reaction rate to be limited by the turbulent mixing time
scale τT. A global reaction can then at most progress at the rate at which fresh reactants
are mixed, at the molecular level, by the turbulence present. The reaction rate is also
assumed to be limited by the deficient reactant; the reactant with the lowest local
concentration. The model parameter β specifies that product species is required for
reaction, modeling the activation energy. For gaseous non-premixed combustion the
model parameters have been found to be (Ref. ?):
α = 4 , β = 0.5
In the current model the molecular reaction rate of the reactions is assumed to be
infinitely fast. This is achieved in the model by prescribing unrealistically high rate
constants for the reactions. This implies that the production rate is given solely by the
turbulent mixing in Equation ???.
It should be noted that the eddy-dissipation model is a robust but simple model for
turbulent reactions. The reaction rate is governed by a single time scale, the turbulent
mixing time-scale. For this reason, the reactions studied should be limited to global
one step (as in Equation ???), or two step reactions.
HEAT OF REACTION
The heat of reaction, or change in enthalpy, following each reaction is defined from
the heat of formation of the products and reactants:
ΔH r = ΔH f – ΔH f (5)
products reactants
The heat of formations for each species is given in Table 1 (based on Ref. ?). Since the
heat of formation of the products is lower than that of the reactants, both reactions are
exothermic and release heat. The heat release is included in the model by adding a
Heat Source feature to the Heat Transfer in Fluids user interface. The heat source (W/
m3) applied is defined as:
HEAT CAPACITY
The temperature in the jet increases significantly due to the heat release following the
reactions, this is one of the defining features of combustion. For an accurate prediction
of the temperature it is important to account for the temperature dependence of the
species heat capacities. In the model, interpolation functions for the heat capacity at
constant pressure, Cp,i (cal/(mol·K)), for each species are defined using the values at
three different temperatures given in Table 1. The heat capacity of the mixture, cp,mix
(J/(kg·K)), is computed as a mass fraction weighted mean of the individual heat
capacities:
ω i C p, i
c p, mix = ----------------
Mi
- (7)
i
SOLUTION PROCEDURE
The syngas combustion model is solved in three steps.
1 Use an initial sub-model to solve for isothermal turbulent flow in a straight pipe with
the same diameter as the burner. The fully developed flow at the pipe outlet is then
used as inlet condition for the burner.
2 Solve for the turbulent and reacting, but isothermal, flow in the round jet burner
configuration.
3 Include the heat transfer and solve for the fully coupled reacting flow, using the
previous solution as initial condition.
Using several solution steps is vital for a robust solution procedure when solving
models with a high degree of coupling. This is the case for turbulent reacting flow
including heat transfer.
Figure 1: The velocity magnitude and flow paths (streamlines) of the reacting jet.
The temperature in the jet is shown in Figure ??? where a revolved data set has been
used to emphasize the structure of the round jet. The maximum temperature in the jet
is seen to be approximately 1960 K. The carbon dioxide mass fraction in the reacting
jet is plotted in Figure ???. The formation of CO2 takes place in the outer shear layer
of the jet. This is where the fuel from the pipe encounters oxygen in the co-flow and
reacts. The reactions are promoted by the turbulent mixing in the jet shear layer. It is
also seen that the CO2 formation starts just outside of the pipe. This is also the case for
the temperature increase in Figure ???. This implies that there is no lift-off and the
flame is attached to the pipe.
In Figure ???-??? the results reached in the model are compared with the experimental
results of Barlow and coworkers (Ref. ?-?). In Figure ??? the jet temperature is further
examined and compared with the experiments. In the left panel the temperature along
the centerline is plotted. It is seen that the maximum temperature predicted in the
model is close to that in the experiment. However in the model the temperature profile
is shifted in the downstream direction. This is most likely due to the fact that radiation
has not been included in the model.
In the right panel of Figure ??? temperature profiles at 20 and 50 pipe diameters
downstream of the pipe exit are compared with the experiments. The axial velocity of
the jet is compared with the experimental results in Figure ???, using the same down
stream positions. The axial velocity is found to compare well with the experimental
values at both positions.
In Figure ??? the species concentration along the jet centerline is analyzed and
compared with the experimental results. For some species, N2, and CO2, the axial mass
fraction development agrees well with the experimental results. For the fuel species CO
and H2 a fair agreement is observed. For the remaining species, O2 and H2O, the
trend appears correct but the profiles are shifted downstream, as was the case with the
temperature. The reason for the discrepancy in the mass fractions can in part be
attributed to the fact that radiation is not included, but the accuracy is probably also
significantly influenced by the simplified reaction scheme and the eddy-dissipation
model.
z/d = 50
z/d = 20
Figure 4: Jet temperature along the centerline (left), and radially at two different
positions downstream of the pipe exit (right) scaled by the inlet temperature. The centerline
and radial distance is scaled by the inner diameter of the pipe. Model results are plotted
using lines, while experimental results are indicated using symbols. The downstream
positions are defined in terms of the inner diameter of the pipe (d).
z/d = 20
z/d = 50
Figure 5: Axial velocity at two different positions downstream of the pipe exit, scaled by the
inlet velocity. The radial distance is scaled by the inner diameter of the pipe. Model results
are plotted using lines, while experimental results are indicated using symbols.
N2
H2O
H2
CO
CO2
O2
Figure 6: Species mass fractions along the jet centerline. The centerline distance is scaled
by the inner diameter of the pipe. Model results are plotted using lines, while experimental
results are indicated using symbols.
References
1. A. Cuoci, A. Frassoldati, , G. Buzzi Ferraris, T. Faravelli, E. Ranzi, “The ignition,
combustion and flame structure of carbon monoxide/hydrogen mixtures. Note 2:
Fluid dynamics and kinetic aspects of syngas combustion”, Int. J. Hydrogen Energy,
vol. 32, 2007, pp. 3486 – 3500.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 2D Axisymmetric.
DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 On the Model toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 Click Load from File.
4 Browse to the model’s Model Library folder and double-click the file
round_jet_burner_params.txt.
GEOMETRY 1
Rectangle 1 (r1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type Di/2.
4 In the Height text field, type Di*200.
5 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Geometry 1>Rectangle 1 (r1) and choose Build
Selected.
6 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
For easier visualization of the slender geometry, disable preserve aspect ratio for the
view.
DEFINITIONS
View 1
In the Model Builder window, expand the Component 1 (comp1)>Definitions node.
Axis
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the View 1 node, then click Axis.
2 In the Settings window for Axis, locate the Axis section.
Apply fluid properties for the pipe simulation. An approximate density can be used.
Fluid Properties 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Turbulent Flow, k-ω (spf)
click Fluid Properties 1.
2 In the Settings window for Fluid Properties, locate the Fluid Properties section.
3 From the ρ list, choose User defined. In the associated text field, type 1.
4 From the μ list, choose User defined. In the associated text field, type mu_mix.
Inlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 2 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Turbulence Conditions section.
4 In the LT text field, type 0.07*Di.
5 Locate the Velocity section. In the U0 text field, type Ujet.
Outlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Outlet.
2 Select Boundary 3 only.
3 In the Settings window for Outlet, locate the Pressure Conditions section.
4 Select the Normal flow check box.
MESH 1
Mapped 1
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Mesh 1 and choose
Mapped.
Distribution 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 right-click Mapped
1 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Boundaries 2 and 3 only.
3 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
Distribution 2
1 Right-click Mapped 1 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Boundaries 1 and 4 only.
3 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
4 From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined distribution type.
5 In the Number of elements text field, type 200.
6 In the Element ratio text field, type 20.
7 Click the Build Selected button.
Now add a second model for the round reacting jet simulation.
ADD PHYSICS
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Physics to open the Add Physics window.
2 Go to the Add Physics window.
3 In the Add physics tree, select Chemical Species Transport>Reacting Flow>Turbulent
Flow>Turbulent Flow, k-ω (rspf).
4 Find the Physics interfaces in study subsection. In the table, enter the following
settings:
Studies Solve
Study 1 ×
5 Click to expand the Dependent variables section. Locate the Dependent Variables
section. In the Number of species text field, type 6.
6 In the Mass fractions table, enter the following settings:
wCO
wO2
wCO2
wH2
wH2O
wN2
7 Click Add to Component in the window toolbar.
8 Go to the Add Physics window.
9 In the Add physics tree, select Heat Transfer>Heat Transfer in Fluids (ht).
10 Find the Physics interfaces in study subsection. In the table, enter the following
settings:
Studies Solve
Study 1 ×
ADD STUDY
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Study to open the Add Study window.
2 Go to the Add Study window.
3 Find the Studies subsection. In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies>Stationary.
4 Click Add Study in the window toolbar.
5 On the Model toolbar, click Add Study to close the Add Study window.
DEFINITIONS
Variables 1
1 On the Model toolbar, click Variables and choose Local Variables.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
3 Click Load from File.
4 Browse to the model’s Model Library folder and double-click the file
round_jet_burner_vars.txt.
GEOMETRY 2
Rectangle 1 (r1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type GeomW.
Rectangle 2 (r2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type Pth.
4 In the Height text field, type Pl.
5 Locate the Position section. In the r text field, type Di/2.
6 Right-click Component 2 (comp2)>Geometry 2>Rectangle 2 (r2) and choose Build
Selected.
Chamfer 1 (cha1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Chamfer.
2 On the object r2, select Points 3 and 4 only.
3 In the Settings window for Chamfer, locate the Distance section.
4 In the Distance from vertex text field, type Pth*0.15.
5 Right-click Component 2 (comp2)>Geometry 2>Chamfer 1 (cha1) and choose Build
Selected.
6 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Union 1 (uni1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Union.
2 Select the objects b1 and r1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Union, locate the Union section.
4 Clear the Keep interior boundaries check box.
5 Right-click Component 2 (comp2)>Geometry 2>Union 1 (uni1) and choose Build
Selected.
Difference 1 (dif1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Difference.
2 Select the object uni1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Difference, locate the Difference section.
4 Find the Objects to subtract subsection. Select the Active toggle button.
5 Select the object cha1 only.
6 Right-click Component 2 (comp2)>Geometry 2>Difference 1 (dif1) and choose Build
Selected.
That concludes the geometry for the reacting jet. Now define a coupling variable that
can be used to apply the outlet conditions from the previous model to the inlet of the
current.
DEFINITIONS
8 Click to expand the Destination section. From the Destination geometry list, choose
Geometry 2.
9 Locate the Destination Vertices section. Select the Active toggle button.
10 Select Point 1 only.
11 Select the Active toggle button.
12 Select Point 3 only.
Fluid 1
Apply the temperature from the heat transfer interface.
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 2 (comp2)>Reacting Flow (rspf) click
Fluid 1.
2 In the Settings window for Fluid, locate the Model Inputs section.
3 From the T list, choose Temperature (ht).
4 Locate the Fluid Properties section. From the ρ list, choose Ideal gas.
5 From the μ list, choose User defined. In the associated text field, type mu_mix.
6 In the MwCO text field, type M_CO.
7 In the MwO2 text field, type M_O2.
8 In the MwCO2 text field, type M_CO2.
9 In the MwH2 text field, type M_H2.
10 In the MwH2O text field, type M_H2O.
11 In the MwN2 text field, type M_N2.
12 Locate the Mixing Length Limit section. From the list, choose Manual.
13 In the lmix,lim text field, type Di*10.
Initial Values 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 2 (comp2)>Reacting Flow (rspf) click
Initial Values 1.
2 In the Settings window for Initial Values, locate the Initial Values section.
3 In the w0,wCO text field, type 0.
4 In the w0,wO2 text field, type wcf_O2.
5 In the w0,wCO2 text field, type 0.
6 In the w0,wH2 text field, type 0.
7 In the w0,wH2O text field, type 0.
Inlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 2 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Turbulence Conditions section.
4 Click the Specify turbulence variables button.
5 In the k0 text field, type comp1.linext1(k).
6 In the ω0 text field, type comp1.linext1(om).
7 Locate the Velocity section. In the U0 text field, type comp1.linext1(w).
Inlet 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundaries 9 and 10 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Turbulence Conditions section.
4 In the IT text field, type 0.01.
5 In the LT text field, type 0.1*Di.
6 Locate the Velocity section. Click the Velocity field button.
7 Specify the u0 vector as
0 r
Ucf z
Inflow 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inflow.
2 Select Boundary 2 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inflow, locate the Inflow section.
4 From the Mixture specification list, choose Mole fractions.
5 In the x0,wCO text field, type x0_CO.
6 In the x0,wO2 text field, type x0_O2.
Inflow 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inflow.
2 Select Boundaries 9 and 10 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inflow, locate the Inflow section.
4 In the w0,wCO text field, type 1e-5.
5 In the w0,wO2 text field, type wcf_O2.
6 In the w0,wCO2 text field, type 1e-5.
7 In the w0,wH2 text field, type 1e-5.
8 In the w0,wH2O text field, type 1e-5.
Outflow 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Outflow.
2 Select Boundary 3 only.
Outlet 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Outlet.
2 Select Boundary 3 only.
3 In the Settings window for Outlet, locate the Pressure Conditions section.
4 Select the Normal flow check box.
Reactions 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Reactions.
2 Select Domain 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Reactions, locate the Reaction Rate section.
4 In the νwCO text field, type -1.
5 In the νwO2 text field, type -0.5.
6 In the νwCO2 text field, type 1.
7 Locate the Rate Constants section. Clear the Use Arrhenius expressions check box.
Apply an unrealistically high reaction rate to model the reactions as infinitely fast. In
this case the reaction rate will be given by the turbulent mixing.
8 In the kf text field, type 1e100.
Reactions 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Reactions.
2 Select Domain 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Reactions, locate the Reaction Rate section.
4 In the νwO2 text field, type -0.5.
5 In the νwH2 text field, type -1.
6 In the νwH2O text field, type 1.
7 Locate the Rate Constants section. Clear the Use Arrhenius expressions check box.
8 In the kf text field, type 1e100.
Use the tabulated heat capacities to create interpolation functions, one for each species.
DEFINITIONS
Interpolation 1 (int1)
1 On the Model toolbar, click Functions and choose Local>Interpolation.
2 In the Settings window for Interpolation, locate the Definition section.
3 In the Function name text field, type Cp_CO.
4 In the table, enter the following settings:
t f(t)
300 47.259
1000 6.950
2000 7.948
5 Locate the Interpolation and Extrapolation section. From the Interpolation list,
choose Piecewise cubic.
6 Locate the Units section. In the Arguments text field, type K.
7 In the Function text field, type cal/mol/K.
Plot the resulting interpolation function.
8 Click the Plot button.
Interpolation 2 (int2)
1 Right-click Component 2 (comp2)>Definitions>Interpolation 1 (int1) and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Interpolation, locate the Definition section.
3 In the Function name text field, type Cp_CO2.
t f(t)
300 51.140
1000 8.910
2000 12.993
Interpolation 3 (int3)
1 Right-click Component 2 (comp2)>Definitions>Interpolation 2 (int2) and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Interpolation, locate the Definition section.
3 In the Function name text field, type Cp_H2.
4 In the table, enter the following settings:
t f(t)
300 6.902
1000 7.209
2000 8.183
Interpolation 4 (int4)
1 Right-click Component 2 (comp2)>Definitions>Interpolation 3 (int3) and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Interpolation, locate the Definition section.
3 In the Function name text field, type Cp_H2O.
4 In the table, enter the following settings:
t f(t)
300 7.999
1000 9.875
2000 12.224
Interpolation 5 (int5)
1 Right-click Component 2 (comp2)>Definitions>Interpolation 4 (int4) and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Interpolation, locate the Definition section.
3 In the Function name text field, type Cp_N2.
t f(t)
300 6.949
1000 7.830
2000 8.601
Interpolation 6 (int6)
1 Right-click Component 2 (comp2)>Definitions>Interpolation 5 (int5) and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Interpolation, locate the Definition section.
3 In the Function name text field, type Cp_O2.
4 In the table, enter the following settings:
t f(t)
300 7.010
1000 8.350
2000 9.032
Define the mixture heat capacity. It is computed as the mass average of the species
capacities. Also define the enthalpy change for each of the reactions included.
Variables 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 2 (comp2)>Definitions click Variables
1.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
H E A T TR A N S F E R I N F L U I D S ( H T )
On the Physics toolbar, click Reacting Flow (rspf) and choose Heat Transfer in Fluids (ht).
Initial Values 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Attributes and choose Pressure Work.
2 In the Settings window for Initial Values, locate the Initial Values section.
3 In the T text field, type T0.
Temperature 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Temperature.
2 Select Boundaries 2, 9, and 10 only.
3 In the Settings window for Temperature, locate the Temperature section.
4 In the T0 text field, type T0.
Outflow 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Outflow.
Heat Source 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Heat Source.
2 Select Domain 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Heat Source, locate the Heat Source section.
4 In the Q text field, type -(dH_R1*rspf.r_treac1+dH_R2*rspf.r_treac2).
MESH 2
Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Size
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 2 (comp2) right-click Mesh 2 and
choose Edit Physics-Induced Sequence.
2 In the Model Builder window, under Component 2 (comp2)>Mesh 2 click Size.
3 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
4 Click the Custom button.
5 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. In the Maximum element size text field,
type 0.05.
6 In the Maximum element growth rate text field, type 1.12.
7 In the Resolution of narrow regions text field, type 5.
Size 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 2 (comp2)>Mesh 2 click Size 1.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
3 Click the Custom button.
4 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. Select the Resolution of narrow regions
check box.
5 In the associated text field, type 5.
6 Click the Build Selected button.
Size 2
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 2 and choose Size.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
3 Click the Custom button.
4 Locate the Geometric Entity Selection section. From the Geometric entity level list,
choose Boundary.
5 Select Boundaries 1, 13, and 14 only.
6 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. Select the Maximum element size check
box.
7 In the associated text field, type 0.01.
8 Select the Maximum element growth rate check box.
9 In the associated text field, type 1.04.
Free Triangular 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 2 (comp2)>Mesh 2 click Free
Triangular 1.
2 In the Settings window for Free Triangular, click to expand the Scale geometry
section.
3 Locate the Scale Geometry section. In the z-direction scale text field, type 0.5.
STUDY 1
Solution 1
1 On the Study toolbar, click Show Default Solver.
2 In the Model Builder window, expand the Solution 1 node.
3 Right-click Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution 1 and choose Compute.
Use the second study to solve the axially symmetric jet flow in Component 2. This
study solves a reacting isothermal jet using the fully developed turbulent outlet
profiles as inlet conditions for the pipe.
STUDY 2
Step 1: Stationary
1 In the Model Builder window, under Study 2 click Step 1: Stationary.
2 In the Settings window for Stationary, locate the Physics and Variables Selection
section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
4 Click to expand the Values of dependent variables section. Locate the Values of
Dependent Variables section. Select the Values of variables not solved for check box.
5 From the Method list, choose Solution.
6 From the Study list, choose Study 1, Stationary.
Now solve the reacting isothermal jet. The complicated reactions require adjustment
of the CFL-number controller parameters.
Solution 2
1 On the Study toolbar, click Show Default Solver.
2 In the Model Builder window, expand the Solution 2 node.
3 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 2>Solver Configurations>Solution
2>Stationary Solver 1 node, then click Segregated 1.
4 In the Settings window for Segregated, locate the General section.
5 In the Initial CFL number text field, type 1.
6 In the PID regulator-Proportional text field, type 0.5.
7 In the PID regulator-Derivative text field, type 0.01.
8 In the Target error estimate text field, type 0.05.
9 In the Model Builder window, right-click Solution 2 and choose Compute.
Add a third study to include the temperature and solve for a non-isothermal reacting
jet. For a robust and efficient solution, use two study steps. Start by solving for the
temperature using the velocity and mass fractions from the isothermal jet solution.
Then in the second step, solve for the fully coupled non-isothermal reacting flow
with the previous solution as initial condition.
ADD STUDY
1 On the Study toolbar, click Add Study to open the Add Study window.
2 Go to the Add Study window.
3 Find the Studies subsection. In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies>Stationary.
4 Find the Physics interfaces in study subsection. In the table, enter the following
settings:
Physics Solve
Turbulent Flow, k-ω (spf) ×
Reacting Flow (rspf) ×
STUDY 3
Step 1: Stationary
1 In the Model Builder window, under Study 3 click Step 1: Stationary.
2 In the Settings window for Stationary, click to expand the Values of dependent
variables section.
3 Locate the Values of Dependent Variables section. Select the Values of variables not
solved for check box.
4 From the Method list, choose Solution.
5 From the Study list, choose Study 2, Stationary.
Step 2: Stationary 2
1 On the Study toolbar, click Study Steps and choose Stationary>Stationary.
2 In the Settings window for Stationary, locate the Physics and Variables Selection
section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
4 Click to expand the Values of dependent variables section. Locate the Values of
Dependent Variables section. Select the Initial values of variables solved for check box.
5 From the Method list, choose Solution.
Now move on to post process the result from the non-isothermal jet. Start by creating
a mirrored 2D data set as well as a revolved 3D data set.
RESULTS
Data Sets
1 On the Results toolbar, click More Data Sets and choose Mirror 2D.
2 In the Settings window for Mirror 2D, locate the Data section.
3 From the Data set list, choose Study 3/Solution 3 (6).
4 In the Model Builder window, under Results>Data Sets click Revolution 2D 2.
5 In the Settings window for Revolution 2D, click to expand the Revolution layers
section.
6 Locate the Revolution Layers section. In the Revolution angle text field, type 180.
7 Right-click Results>Data Sets>Revolution 2D 2 and choose Duplicate.
8 In the Settings window for Revolution 2D, locate the Data section.
9 From the Data set list, choose Study 3/Solution 3 (6).
Create two cut lines at fixed heights from the pipe exit.
10 On the Results toolbar, click Cut Line 2D.
11 In the Settings window for Cut Line 2D, locate the Data section.
Velocity (rspf)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results click Velocity (rspf).
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Data set list, choose Mirror 2D 1.
4 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
5 In the Model Builder window, expand the Velocity (rspf) node.
6 Right-click Results>Velocity (rspf) and choose Streamline.
7 In the Settings window for Streamline, locate the Streamline Positioning section.
8 From the Positioning list, choose Uniform density.
9 In the Separating distance text field, type 0.035.
10 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Color list, choose Gray.
11 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
12 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Pressure (rspf)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results click Pressure (rspf).
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Data set list, choose Mirror 2D 1.
4 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Data set list, choose Mirror 2D 1.
4 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
Velocity, 3D (rspf)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results click Velocity, 3D (rspf).
2 In the Settings window for 3D Plot Group, locate the Plot Settings section.
3 Clear the Plot data set edges check box.
Velocity, 3D (rspf) 1
1 Right-click Results>Velocity, 3D (rspf) and choose Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for 3D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Data set list, choose Revolution 2D 3.
4 Right-click Results>Velocity, 3D (rspf) 1 and choose Rename.
5 In the Rename 3D Plot Group dialog box, type Temperature, 3D (rspf) in the New
label text field.
6 Click OK.
Temperature, 3D (rspf)
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Temperature, 3D (rspf) node, then
click Surface 1.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Expression section.
3 In the Expression text field, type T.
4 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Color table list, choose RainbowLight.
5 On the 3D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
6 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Import the experimental data files. The files corresponds to the ones published online
(Ref. ?) by R. Barlow and co-workers. The name of the model round_jet_burner has
been prepended to the file names.
TA BL E
1 Go to the Table window.
2 Right-click Results>Tables>Table 1 and choose Rename.
3 In the Rename Table dialog box, type Centerline data in the New label text field.
4 Click OK.
RESULTS
1 On the Results toolbar, click Table.
2 In the Settings window for Table, locate the Data section.
3 Click Import.
4 Browse to the model’s Model Library folder and double-click the file
round_jet_burner_chnAd20Y.fav.
TA BL E
1 Go to the Table window.
2 Right-click Results>Tables>Table 2 and choose Rename.
3 In the Rename Table dialog box, type z/Di = 20, radial data in the New label
text field.
4 Click OK.
RESULTS
1 On the Results toolbar, click Table.
TABLE
1 Go to the Table window.
2 Right-click Results>Tables>Table 3 and choose Rename.
3 In the Rename Table dialog box, type z/Di = 50, radial data in the New label
text field.
4 Click OK.
RESULTS
1 On the Results toolbar, click Table.
2 In the Settings window for Table, locate the Data section.
3 Click Import.
4 Browse to the model’s Model Library folder and double-click the file
round_jet_burner_seq1420.dat.
TABLE
1 Go to the Table window.
2 Right-click Results>Tables>Table 4 and choose Rename.
3 In the Rename Table dialog box, type z/Di = 20, radial velocity data in the
New label text field.
4 Click OK.
RESULTS
1 On the Results toolbar, click Table.
2 In the Settings window for Table, locate the Data section.
3 Click Import.
4 Browse to the model’s Model Library folder and double-click the file
round_jet_burner_seq1450.dat.
TABLE
1 Go to the Table window.
RESULTS
1D Plot Group 11
1 On the Results toolbar, click 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Data set list, choose Study 3/Solution 3 (6).
4 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Line Graph.
5 Select Boundary 1 only.
6 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
7 In the Expression text field, type T/T0.
8 Locate the x-Axis Data section. From the Parameter list, choose Expression.
9 In the Expression text field, type (z-Pl)/Di.
10 Click to expand the Coloring and style section. Locate the Coloring and Style section.
Find the Line style subsection. From the Color list, choose Black.
11 Click to expand the Legends section. Select the Show legends check box.
12 From the Legends list, choose Manual.
13 In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
Model
Legends
Exp.
30 In the Model Builder window, right-click 1D Plot Group 11 and choose Rename.
31 In the Rename 1D Plot Group dialog box, type T @ centerline in the New label text
field.
32 Click OK.
33 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Plot Settings section.
34 Select the x-axis label check box.
35 In the associated text field, type (z-Pl)/Di.
36 Select the y-axis label check box.
37 In the associated text field, type T/T0.
38 Locate the Axis section. Select the Manual axis limits check box.
39 In the x minimum text field, type -10.
40 In the x maximum text field, type 120.
41 In the y minimum text field, type 0.5.
42 In the y maximum text field, type 8.
43 Click to expand the Title section. From the Title type list, choose Manual.
44 In the Title text area, type Temperature along the centerline.
45 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
1D Plot Group 12
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
Legends
z/Di = 20, Model
Legends
z/Di = 50, Model
27 Click to expand the Preprocessing section. Find the x-axis column subsection. From
the Preprocessing list, choose Linear.
28 In the Scaling text field, type 1/(Di*1000).
29 Find the y-axis columns subsection. From the Preprocessing list, choose Linear.
30 In the Scaling text field, type 1/T0.
31 Click to expand the Coloring and style section. Locate the Coloring and Style section.
Find the Line style subsection. From the Line list, choose None.
32 From the Color list, choose Black.
33 Find the Line markers subsection. From the Marker list, choose Square.
34 From the Positioning list, choose In data points.
35 Locate the Legends section. Select the Show legends check box.
36 From the Legends list, choose Manual.
37 In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
z/Di = 20, Exp
Legends
z/Di = 50, Exp
43 In the Model Builder window, right-click 1D Plot Group 12 and choose Rename.
44 In the Rename 1D Plot Group dialog box, type T @ z/Di = 20, 50 in the New label
text field.
45 Click OK.
46 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Title section.
47 From the Title type list, choose Manual.
48 In the Title text area, type Temperature downstream of the pipe exit.
49 Locate the Plot Settings section. Select the x-axis label check box.
uz @ z/Di = 20, 50
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>uz @ z/Di = 20, 50 node, then click
Line Graph 1.
2 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
3 In the Expression text field, type u21z/Ujet.
4 In the Model Builder window, under Results>uz @ z/Di = 20, 50 click Line Graph 2.
5 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
6 In the Expression text field, type u21z/Ujet.
7 In the Model Builder window, under Results>uz @ z/Di = 20, 50 click Table Graph 1.
8 In the Settings window for Table Graph, locate the Data section.
9 From the x-axis data list, choose Fblgr.
10 From the Table list, choose z/Di = 20, radial velocity data.
11 In the Columns list, select uz.
12 Locate the Preprocessing section. Find the y-axis columns subsection. From the
Preprocessing list, choose Linear.
13 In the Scaling text field, type 1/Ujet.
14 In the Model Builder window, under Results>uz @ z/Di = 20, 50 click Table Graph 2.
15 In the Settings window for Table Graph, locate the Data section.
16 From the x-axis data list, choose Fblgr.
17 From the Table list, choose z/Di = 50, radial velocity data.
18 In the Columns list, select uz.
19 Locate the Preprocessing section. Find the y-axis columns subsection. From the
Preprocessing list, choose Linear.
20 In the Scaling text field, type 1/Ujet.
21 In the Model Builder window, click uz @ z/Di = 20, 50.
22 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Title section.
23 In the Title text area, type Axial velocity downstream of the pipe exit.
24 Locate the Plot Settings section. In the y-axis label text field, type uz/Ujet.
25 Locate the Axis section. In the x minimum text field, type -10.
26 In the x maximum text field, type 10.
27 In the y minimum text field, type -0.25.
28 In the y maximum text field, type 1.25.
29 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
T @ centerline 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click T @ centerline and choose
Duplicate.
2 Right-click T @ centerline 1 and choose Rename.
3 In the Rename 1D Plot Group dialog box, type CO, N2 @ centerline in the New
label text field.
4 Click OK.
5 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Title section.
6 In the Title text area, type Mass fraction along the centerline.
7 Locate the Plot Settings section. In the y-axis label text field, type wCO, wN2.
8 Locate the Axis section. In the y minimum text field, type -0.05.
9 In the y maximum text field, type 1.
10 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
11 Click to expand the Legend section. From the Position list, choose Middle right.
CO, N2 @ centerline
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>CO, N2 @ centerline node, then
click Line Graph 1.
2 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
3 In the Expression text field, type wCO.
4 Locate the Legends section. In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
CO, Model
5 In the Model Builder window, under Results>CO, N2 @ centerline click Table Graph 1.
6 In the Settings window for Table Graph, locate the Data section.
7 In the Columns list, select YCO.
8 Locate the Preprocessing section. Find the y-axis columns subsection. In the Scaling
text field, type 1.
9 Locate the Legends section. In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
CO, Exp.
Legends
N2, Model
19 Locate the Coloring and Style section. Find the Line markers subsection. From the
Marker list, choose Triangle.
20 Locate the Legends section. In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
N2, Exp
CO, N2 @ centerline 1
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click CO, N2 @ centerline and choose Duplicate.
2 Right-click CO, N2 @ centerline 1 and choose Rename.
3 In the Rename 1D Plot Group dialog box, type H2, H2O @ centerline in the New
label text field.
4 Click OK.
Legends
H2, Model
5 In the Model Builder window, under Results>H2, H2O @ centerline click Table Graph 1.
6 In the Settings window for Table Graph, locate the Data section.
7 In the Columns list, select YH2.
8 Locate the Legends section. In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
H2, Exp.
9 In the Model Builder window, under Results>H2, H2O @ centerline click Line Graph 2.
10 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
11 In the Expression text field, type wH2O.
12 Locate the Legends section. In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
H2O, Model
13 In the Model Builder window, under Results>H2, H2O @ centerline click Table Graph 2.
14 In the Settings window for Table Graph, locate the Data section.
15 In the Columns list, select YH2O.
16 Locate the Legends section. In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
H2O, Exp
Legends
O2, Model
5 In the Model Builder window, under Results>O2, CO2 @ centerline click Table Graph 1.
6 In the Settings window for Table Graph, locate the Data section.
7 In the Columns list, select YO2.
8 Locate the Legends section. In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
O2, Exp.
9 In the Model Builder window, under Results>O2, CO2 @ centerline click Line Graph 2.
10 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
11 In the Expression text field, type wCO2.
12 Locate the Legends section. In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
CO2, Model
13 In the Model Builder window, under Results>O2, CO2 @ centerline click Table Graph 2.
14 In the Settings window for Table Graph, locate the Data section.
15 In the Columns list, select YCO2.
16 Locate the Legends section. In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
CO2, Exp
Model Definition
Figure 1 shows the physical geometry of the converging and diverging nozzle model.
The nozzle dimensions correspond to those used in the experiments in Ref. 2 and in
the benchmarks simulation of Ref. 5 and Ref. 6. In the central contraction part, the
minimum vertical height separating the lower and upper walls, the throat height hth,
is 1.7322 in (44 mm). The channel height at the inlet is 1.4hth, and the outlet height
is 1.5hth.
1 | TR A N S O N I C F L O W I N A S A J B E N D I F F U S E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Walls
1.4hth 1.5hth
hth
Inlet Outlet
FLUID PROPERTIES
The fluid occupying the channel is assumed to be air, by specifying a specific gas
constant of 287 J/(kg·K) and a ratio of specific heats of 1.4. The dynamic viscosity is
computed using Sutherland’s Law:
3
---
T 2 T ref + S μ
μ = μ ref ---------- -----------------------
T ref T + Sμ
where the Tref = 500 R (about 278 K) corresponds to the inlet total temperature, and
the Sutherland constant is Sμ = 111 K. The reference viscosity μref is defined from the
inlet Reynolds number:
ρ in U in h in
Rein = --------------------------
μ ref
which in turn is used in a parametric sweep, where the model is solved for increasing
Reynolds number. The final inlet Reynolds number to be computed is 7·105,
corresponding to the one used in the simulation in Ref. 5. The thermal conductivity
2 | TR A N S O N I C F L O W I N A S A J B E N D I F F U S E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Cp μ
Pr = -----------
k
which is assumed to be 0.71 in this case. This is a typical number for air around 293 K.
BOUNDARY CONDITIONS
Inlet Condition
The flow at the inlet is subsonic with a flow speed corresponding to a Mach number
of 0.46. The inlet conditions are specified in terms of total properties, where the total
pressure is defined as 19.58 psi and the total temperature is 500 R. The inlet
conditions are applied using an Inlet feature where the Flow condition is specified to
be Characteristics based. This provides a numerically consistent boundary condition by
evaluating the flow characteristics at the inlet (for more background on this boundary
condition see Prescribing Inlet and Outlet Conditions in the CFD Module User’s
Guide).
Outlet Condition
At the outlet the static pressure is specified. The model is solved for the two outlet
pressure values specified in Table 1 below.
TABLE 1: OUTLET PRESSURE
These outlet pressure values are known from experiments and simulations to be low
enough to produce sonic conditions at the throat of the nozzle. However they are not
low enough for the flow to stay supersonic throughout the diverging part. The
supersonic flow in the divergent part will be terminated by a normal shock wave, so
that the flow in the following part including the outlet becomes subsonic. The pressure
is specified in the model using an Outlet node with the Flow condition set to Subsonic.
3 | TR A N S O N I C F L O W I N A S A J B E N D I F F U S E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
interpolation functions.
Figure 2 shows the Mach numbers and velocity streamlines resulting from applying the
first outlet pressure, 16.05 psi. It can be seen that the flow accelerates in the
converging part, reaches sonic conditions at the throat, after which a region of
supersonic flow follows in the diverging part. The supersonic region is terminated by
a normal shock wave, which brings the flow back to subsonic conditions. In the
remaining part of the channel the flow decelerates subsonically towards the outlet. The
zero contour of the x-component velocity is also plotted in the figure, but this is only
present on the walls and not visible inside the domain. Hence no separation zone is
present, and the flow remains attached throughout the divergent part of the channel.
The shock is not able to cause flow separation and is therefore termed weak. These
results correlate well with those in Ref. 2 and Ref. 5.
Figure 2: Mach number, flow streamlines, and zero x-component velocity contour resulting
from the weak shock case.
Figure 3 shows the same quantities as Figure 2, but uses the results from the second
outlet pressure case, pout = 14.10 psi. Due to the lower outlet pressure, the normal
shock wave is positioned further downstream in the divergent channel part. More
importantly, a flow separation zone can be seen behind the shock, as indicated by the
zero x-component velocity contour. The shock wave in this case is apparently strong
4 | TR A N S O N I C F L O W I N A S A J B E N D I F F U S E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
enough to induce flow separation. This result is in accordance with those presented in
Ref. 2 and Ref. 6.
Figure 3: Mach number, flow streamlines, and zero x-component velocity contour resulting
from the strong shock case.
Figure 4 shows the development of the static pressure on the upper wall normalized
by the inlet total pressure. Results from both the weak and strong cases are plotted and
compared with the experimental data of Ref. 1 and Ref. 2. The results from both outlet
cases are in general in very good agreement with the experimental results in the
diffuser. Note however that the shock positions in the model are slightly shifted in the
downstream direction in comparison with the experiments.
For analysis of the results in the interior of the channel, Figure 5 plots the streamwise
velocity profiles from the strong shock case at two different positions in the divergent
part of the channel together with experimental results. The velocity profile at the first
position, x = 4.611hth, compares very well with the experimental results. Both the
velocity magnitude and the size of the separation zone, including reversed flow, are
accurately reproduced. Further downstream, at the x = 6.340hth position, the velocity
magnitude in the central part of the channel is also in good agreement with the
experimental results. Closer to the upper wall, the model results include flow reversal
at this position. This is not found in the experimental result, indicating that the
separation zone in the model extends further downstream than that in the experiment.
5 | TR A N S O N I C F L O W I N A S A J B E N D I F F U S E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Figure 4: Top wall static pressure normalized by the inlet total pressure. Model results
(lines) and experimental results (diamonds) are shown.
Figure 5: Mean x-component velocity at two positions downstream of the strong shock.
Model results (lines) and experimental results (diamonds) are shown.
Solve the model in two steps. First, apply the higher outlet pressure to simulate the
weak shock case. To solve this case, use a parametric sweep where the inlet Reynolds
number increases stepwise by decreasing the dynamic viscosity. When you have
obtained a converged result for the highest Reynolds number, use this solution as the
initial condition for the second case with the lower outlet pressure value. In both cases,
6 | TR A N S O N I C F L O W I N A S A J B E N D I F F U S E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
use pseudo-time stepping with manually defined CFL number expressions to compute
stationary solutions.
References
1. M. Sajben, J.C. Kroutil, and C.P. Chen, “A High-Speed Schlieren Investigation of
Diffuser Flows with Dynamic Distortion”, AIAA Paper 77-875, 1977.
3. J.T. Salmon, T.J. Bogar, and M. Sajben, “Laser Doppler Velocimetry in Unsteady,
Separated, Transonic Flow”, AIAA Journal, vol. 21, no. 12, pp. 1690–1697, 1983.
4. T. Hsieh, A.B. Wardlaw Jr., T.J. Bogar, P. Collins, and T. Coakley, “Numerical
Investigation of Unsteady Inlet Flowfields,” AIAA Journal, vol. 25, no. 1, pp. 75–
81, 1987.
5. http://www.grc.nasa.gov/WWW/wind/valid/transdif/transdif01/
transdif01.html
6. http://www.grc.nasa.gov/WWW/wind/valid/transdif/transdif02/
transdif02.html
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 2D.
2 In the Select physics tree, select Fluid Flow>High Mach Number Flow>Turbulent
Flow>Turbulent Flow, Spalart-Allmaras (hmnf).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
7 | TR A N S O N I C F L O W I N A S A J B E N D I F F U S E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 On the Model toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
Interpolation 1 (int1)
1 On the Model toolbar, click Functions and choose Global>Interpolation.
2 In the Settings window for Interpolation, locate the Definition section.
3 From the Data source list, choose File.
4 Find the Functions subsection. In the table, enter the following settings:
5 Click Browse.
6 Browse to the model’s Model Library folder and double-click the file
sajben_diffuser_upper_wall.txt.
7 Click Import.
8 Locate the Units section. In the Function text field, type in.
Interpolation 2 (int2)
1 On the Model toolbar, click Functions and choose Global>Interpolation.
8 | TR A N S O N I C F L O W I N A S A J B E N D I F F U S E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
5 Click Browse.
6 Browse to the model’s Model Library folder and double-click the file
sajben_diffuser_ptop_weak.txt.
7 Click Import.
Interpolation 3 (int3)
1 On the Model toolbar, click Functions and choose Global>Interpolation.
2 In the Settings window for Interpolation, locate the Definition section.
3 From the Data source list, choose File.
4 Find the Functions subsection. In the table, enter the following settings:
5 Click Browse.
6 Browse to the model’s Model Library folder and double-click the file
sajben_diffuser_ptop_strong.txt.
7 Click Import.
Interpolation 4 (int4)
1 On the Model toolbar, click Functions and choose Global>Interpolation.
2 In the Settings window for Interpolation, locate the Definition section.
3 From the Data source list, choose File.
4 Find the Functions subsection. In the table, enter the following settings:
5 Click Browse.
6 Browse to the model’s Model Library folder and double-click the file
sajben_diffuser_u-xh4611.txt.
9 | TR A N S O N I C F L O W I N A S A J B E N D I F F U S E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
7 Click Import.
Interpolation 5 (int5)
1 On the Model toolbar, click Functions and choose Global>Interpolation.
2 In the Settings window for Interpolation, locate the Definition section.
3 From the Data source list, choose File.
4 Find the Functions subsection. In the table, enter the following settings:
5 Click Browse.
6 Browse to the model’s Model Library folder and double-click the file
sajben_diffuser_u-xh6340.txt.
7 Click Import.
Variables 1
1 On the Model toolbar, click Variables and choose Local Variables.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
10 | TR A N S O N I C F L O W I N A S A J B E N D I F F U S E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
The manual CFL number expression for the strong shock corresponds to the
implemented automatic expression for turbulent flows. In this case the solution already
contains a shock that will move due to the change in the outlet pressure, and a cautious
increase of the CFL number is needed. In the weak case simulation a shock is not yet
formed, and the simulation time can be reduced by using a more aggressive ramping
of the CFL number.
GEOMETRY 1
11 | TR A N S O N I C F L O W I N A S A J B E N D I F F U S E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Add a rectangular domain in the divergent part of the nozzle. This will be used to
increase the resolution in the region where the shock is located.
Rectangle 1 (r1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.16.
4 In the Height text field, type 0.1.
5 Locate the Position section. In the x text field, type 0.025.
6 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Geometry 1>Rectangle 1 (r1) and choose Build
Selected.
12 | TR A N S O N I C F L O W I N A S A J B E N D I F F U S E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Compose 1 (co1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Compose.
2 Select the objects csol1 and r1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Compose, locate the Compose section.
4 In the Set formula text field, type r1*csol1+csol1.
5 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Geometry 1>Compose 1 (co1) and choose Build
Selected.
Add a Mesh Control Edges feature to specify the internal boundaries as mesh control
entities. In this manner these entities can be used to control the mesh, but at the same
time they will automatically be omitted when defining the physics and when
postprocessing results.
Fluid 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the High Mach Number Flow (hmnf) node, then
click Fluid 1.
2 In the Settings window for Fluid, locate the Heat Conduction section.
3 From the k list, choose User defined. In the associated text field, type
hmnf.Cp*hmnf.mu/Pr.
Initial Values 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>High Mach Number Flow
(hmnf) click Initial Values 1.
13 | TR A N S O N I C F L O W I N A S A J B E N D I F F U S E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
2 In the Settings window for Initial Values, locate the Initial Values section.
3 Specify the u vector as
u_in x
0 y
Inlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Flow Properties section.
4 From the Input state list, choose Total.
5 In the p0,tot text field, type pin_tot.
6 In the T0,tot text field, type Tin_tot.
7 In the Ma0 text field, type Min.
Outlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Outlet.
2 Select Boundary 3 only.
3 In the Settings window for Outlet, locate the Flow Condition section.
4 From the Flow condition list, choose Subsonic.
5 Locate the Flow Properties section. From the Boundary condition list, choose
Pressure.
6 In the p0 text field, type pOut.
CFL number
To apply the manually defined CFL number, first enable the Advanced Physics Options.
1 In the Model Builder window’s toolbar, click the Show button and select Advanced
Physics Options in the menu.
2 In the Model Builder window, click High Mach Number Flow (hmnf).
14 | TR A N S O N I C F L O W I N A S A J B E N D I F F U S E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
3 In the Settings window for High Mach Number Flow, click to expand the Advanced
settings section.
4 Locate the Advanced Settings section. Find the Pseudo time stepping subsection.
From the CFL number expression list, choose Manual.
5 In the CFLloc text field, type CFLnum.
MESH 1
Mapped 1
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Mesh 1 and choose
Mapped.
Distribution 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 right-click Mapped
1 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Boundaries 4 and 6 only.
3 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
4 From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined distribution type.
5 In the Number of elements text field, type 40.
6 In the Element ratio text field, type 1/4.
Distribution 2
1 Right-click Mapped 1 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Boundaries 5 and 7 only.
3 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
4 From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined distribution type.
5 In the Number of elements text field, type 90.
Distribution 3
1 Right-click Mapped 1 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Boundaries 2 and 8 only.
3 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
4 From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined distribution type.
5 In the Number of elements text field, type 50.
6 In the Element ratio text field, type 3.
7 Select the Reverse direction check box.
15 | TR A N S O N I C F L O W I N A S A J B E N D I F F U S E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Distribution 4
1 Right-click Mapped 1 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Boundaries 1 and 3 only.
3 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
4 From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined distribution type.
5 In the Number of elements text field, type 25.
6 In the Element ratio text field, type 2.5.
7 Click the Build All button.
8 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Boundary Layers 1
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Boundary Layers.
In this case the mesh transition region, between the boundary layer and the interior
mesh, is explicitly controlled by the specified distributions. The default mesh
smoothing of the transition region can hence be disabled.
2 In the Settings window for Boundary Layers, click to expand the Transition section.
3 Clear the Smooth transition to interior mesh check box.
STUDY 1
Parametric Sweep
1 On the Study toolbar, click Parametric Sweep.
2 In the Settings window for Parametric Sweep, locate the Study Settings section.
3 Click Add.
16 | TR A N S O N I C F L O W I N A S A J B E N D I F F U S E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Step 2: Stationary
Set up an auxiliary continuation sweep for the Rein parameter.
RESULTS
Velocity (hmnf)
To reproduce the plot in Figure 2 perform the steps below.
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Velocity (hmnf) node, then click Surface 1.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Expression section.
3 In the Expression text field, type hmnf.Ma.
4 In the Model Builder window, right-click Velocity (hmnf) and choose Streamline.
5 In the Settings window for Streamline, locate the Expression section.
6 In the x component text field, type u.
7 In the y component text field, type v.
8 Select Boundary 1 only.
9 Locate the Streamline Positioning section. In the Number text field, type 9.
10 Right-click Velocity (hmnf) and choose Contour.
11 In the Settings window for Contour, locate the Expression section.
12 In the Expression text field, type u.
13 Locate the Levels section. From the Entry method list, choose Levels.
17 | TR A N S O N I C F L O W I N A S A J B E N D I F F U S E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
14 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Coloring list, choose Uniform.
15 From the Color list, choose White.
16 Clear the Color legend check box.
17 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
18 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
ADD STUDY
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Study to open the Add Study window.
2 Go to the Add Study window.
3 Find the Studies subsection. In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies>Stationary
with Initialization.
4 Click Add Study in the window toolbar.
5 On the Model toolbar, click Add Study to close the Add Study window.
STUDY 2
Parametric Sweep
1 On the Study toolbar, click Parametric Sweep.
2 In the Settings window for Parametric Sweep, locate the Study Settings section.
3 Click Add.
4 In the table, enter the following settings:
Solution 2
1 On the Study toolbar, click Show Default Solver.
Before computing the solution for the strong shock case, apply the last solution
from the weak shock case as initial value.
2 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 2>Solver Configurations node.
3 In the Model Builder window, expand the Solution 2 node, then click Dependent
Variables 2.
4 In the Settings window for Dependent Variables, locate the General section.
5 From the Defined by study step list, choose User defined.
6 Locate the Initial Values of Variables Solved For section. From the Solution list, choose
Solution 1.
18 | TR A N S O N I C F L O W I N A S A J B E N D I F F U S E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
RESULTS
Velocity (hmnf) 1
To reproduce the plot in Figure 3 perform the steps below.
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Velocity (hmnf) 1 node, then click Surface 1.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the Expression section. From the menu, choose Model>Component 1>High Mach
Number Flow>hmnf.Ma - Mach number.
3 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
4 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
5 In the Model Builder window, right-click Velocity (hmnf) 1 and choose Streamline.
6 In the Settings window for Streamline, click Replace Expression in the upper-right
corner of the Expression section. From the menu, choose Model>Component 1>High
Mach Number Flow (Turbulent Flow, Spalart-Allmaras)>u,v - Velocity field.
7 Select Boundary 1 only.
8 Locate the Streamline Positioning section. In the Number text field, type 9.
9 Right-click Velocity (hmnf) 1 and choose Contour.
10 In the Settings window for Contour, click Replace Expression in the upper-right
corner of the Expression section. From the menu, choose Model>Component 1>High
Mach Number Flow (Turbulent Flow, Spalart-Allmaras)>Velocity field>u - Velocity field,
x component.
11 Locate the Levels section. From the Entry method list, choose Levels.
12 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Coloring list, choose Uniform.
13 From the Color list, choose White.
14 Clear the Color legend check box.
15 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
16 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Data Sets
Create cut line data sets to plot results at two downstream positions in the diverging
part of the nozzle.
19 | TR A N S O N I C F L O W I N A S A J B E N D I F F U S E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
2 In the Settings window for Cut Line 2D, locate the Data section.
3 From the Data set list, choose Study 2/Solution 2.
4 Locate the Line Data section. In row Point 1, set x to 4.611*h_th.
5 In row Point 2, set x to 4.611*h_th.
6 In row Point 2, set y to 2*h_th.
7 Click the Plot button. The position of the cut line is indicated with a red line.
8 On the Results toolbar, click Cut Line 2D.
9 In the Settings window for Cut Line 2D, locate the Data section.
10 From the Data set list, choose Study 2/Solution 2.
11 Locate the Line Data section. In row Point 1, set x to 6.340*h_th.
12 In row Point 2, set x to 6.340*h_th.
13 In row Point 2, set y to 2*h_th.
14 Click the Plot button.
The following steps reproduce the normalized static pressure plots in Figure 4.
1D Plot Group 7
1 On the Results toolbar, click 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Parameter selection (Rein) list, choose Last.
4 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Line Graph.
5 Select Boundary 4 only.
6 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
7 In the Expression text field, type p/pin_tot.
8 Click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of the x-axis data section. From
the menu, choose Model>Geometry>Coordinate>x - x-coordinate.
9 Right-click Results>1D Plot Group 7>Line Graph 1 and choose Duplicate.
10 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
11 In the Expression text field, type ptop_weak(x/h_th).
12 Click to expand the Coloring and style section. Locate the Coloring and Style section.
Find the Line style subsection. From the Line list, choose None.
13 From the Color list, choose Black.
14 Find the Line markers subsection. From the Marker list, choose Diamond.
20 | TR A N S O N I C F L O W I N A S A J B E N D I F F U S E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
1D Plot Group 8
1 Right-click 1D Plot Group 7 and choose Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Data set list, choose Study 2/Solution 2.
4 Locate the Title section. In the Title text area, type Strong shock.
5 In the Model Builder window, expand the 1D Plot Group 8 node, then click Line Graph
2.
6 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
7 In the Expression text field, type ptop_strong(x/h_th).
8 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
9 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
Compare with the right panel of Figure 4.
1D Plot Group 9
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
21 | TR A N S O N I C F L O W I N A S A J B E N D I F F U S E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Data set list, choose Cut Line 2D 1.
4 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Line Graph.
5 In the Settings window for Line Graph, click Replace Expression in the upper-right
corner of the y-axis data section. From the menu, choose Model>Component 1>High
Mach Number Flow (Turbulent Flow, Spalart-Allmaras)>Velocity field>u - Velocity field,
x component.
6 Locate the x-Axis Data section. From the Parameter list, choose Expression.
7 In the Expression text field, type y/0.0617.
8 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Line Graph.
9 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
10 In the Expression text field, type u_at4611(y/0.0617).
11 Locate the x-Axis Data section. From the Parameter list, choose Expression.
12 In the Expression text field, type y/0.0617.
13 Locate the Coloring and Style section. Find the Line style subsection. From the Line
list, choose None.
14 From the Color list, choose Black.
15 Find the Line markers subsection. From the Marker list, choose Diamond.
16 In the Number text field, type 30.
17 In the Model Builder window, click 1D Plot Group 9.
18 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Title section.
19 From the Title type list, choose Manual.
20 In the Title text area, type x/h_th = 4.611.
21 Locate the Plot Settings section. Select the y-axis label check box.
22 In the associated text field, type u (m/s).
23 Locate the Axis section. Select the Manual axis limits check box.
24 In the x minimum text field, type -0.1.
25 In the x maximum text field, type 1.1.
26 In the y minimum text field, type -80.
27 In the y maximum text field, type 320.
28 Locate the Grid section. Select the Manual spacing check box.
29 In the x spacing text field, type 0.05.
22 | TR A N S O N I C F L O W I N A S A J B E N D I F F U S E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
1D Plot Group 10
1 Right-click 1D Plot Group 9 and choose Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Data set list, choose Cut Line 2D 2.
4 Locate the Title section. In the Title text area, type x/h_th = 6.340.
5 Locate the Plot Settings section. In the y-axis label text field, type u (m/s).
6 In the Model Builder window, expand the 1D Plot Group 10 node, then click Line
Graph 1.
7 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the x-Axis Data section.
8 In the Expression text field, type y/0.066.
9 In the Model Builder window, under Results>1D Plot Group 10 click Line Graph 2.
10 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
11 In the Expression text field, type u_at6340(y/0.066).
12 Locate the x-Axis Data section. In the Expression text field, type y/0.066.
13 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
23 | TR A N S O N I C F L O W I N A S A J B E N D I F F U S E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
24 | TR A N S O N I C F L O W I N A S A J B E N D I F F U S E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Contaminant-Removal from
Wastewater in a Secondary Clarifier
Introduction
Wastewater treatment is a several-step process for removing contaminants. First, large,
solid particles are removed through sedimentation, flotation, and filtration. In a
second step, biological treatment causes the smaller particles to aggregate, forming so
called flocs. These flocs can more easily be removed, for instance through
sedimentation. The present example studies the separation of flocs from water in a
circular secondary clarifier. To model the turbulent multiphase flow in the tank, this
example uses the Mixture Model, Turbulent Flow interface.
Model Definition
The model geometry is shown in Figure 1.
Inlet
Sludge outlet
1 | C O N T A M I N AN T - R E M O V A L F RO M WAS T EW A T E R I N A S E C O N D A R Y C L AR I F I E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
The clarifier has a diameter of 24 m and a gently sloping bottom, which makes the dept
vary between 3.3 and 4 m, attached to a funnel at the center of the tank. The incoming
sludge, consisting of a mixture of solid flocs and water, enters through the inlet in the
middle of the tank. In the clarifier, gravity causes the flocs to settle to the bottom of
the tank. The tank contains two outlets. One is located at the center, at the bottom of
the funnel. The purpose of this outlet is to remove the sedimented flocs from the tank.
There is also a peripheral outlet for the purified water as shown in the figure. Figure 2
shows the corresponding 2D axisymmetric model.
Peripheral outlet
Inlet
Sludge outlet
The mixture enters the clarifier in the form of a jet. The Reynolds number based on
the inlet velocity and diameter is 5·105, which means that the flow will be turbulent.
Upon impact with the free surface, the mixture spreads out, causing the turbulence
production to diminish with radial distance from the inlet. The turbulent flow in the
tank tends to mix the phases together, and thus has a negative effect on the separation
process. The object of this example is to study the turbulent multiphase flow within
the circular secondary clarifier.
For simplicity, you can model the flocs as spherical solid particles of equal size. To solve
for the mixture velocity, pressure and the phase volume fractions, you can use the
Mixture Model, Turbulent Flow interface. The mixture model is a multiphase-flow
2 | CO N T A M I N A N T - R E M OV A L F RO M WAS T EW A T E R I N A SE C O N D A R Y CL A R I F I E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
model, particularly well suited for suspensions of solid particles in liquid at low particle
volume fractions. For the slip velocity, you can use the Hadamard-Rybczynski drag law.
See Theory for the Mixture Model Interfaces in the CFD Module User’s Guide for
more information.
BOUNDARY CONDITIONS
At the inlet, the velocity is fixed to 1.25 m/s and the dispersed phase volume fraction
is 0.003. The turbulence intensity and length scale are set to 5% and 0.07*rin (see Inlet
Values for the Turbulence Length Scale and Turbulent Intensity in the CFD Module
User’s Guide), where rin=0.2 m is the radius of the inlet. The velocity at the bottom
outlet is set to 0.05 m/s, while a constant pressure is set at the peripheral outlet. A slip
condition is applied on the free surface and an axial symmetry condition on the
centerline.
INITIAL CONDITIONS
Initially, the velocity as well as the solid phase volume fraction is zero in the entire
clarifier.
3 | C O N T A M I N AN T - R E M O V A L F RO M WAS T EW A T E R I N A S E C O N D A R Y C L AR I F I E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
centerline, and at the peripheral outlet settling dominates over turbulent dispersion.
This allows for a relatively clear efflux.
Figure 3: Mixture-velocity streamlines and solid phase volume fraction after 12 hours,
when the flow has reached a steady state solution.
As you can see in Figure 3, the maximum volume fraction is only about 4 %. Hence,
the Mixture Model should be sufficiently accurate. See Two-Phase Flow Modeling of
a Dense Suspension in the Model Library on how to modify the mixture model for
high volume fractions or use the Euler-Euler model for such cases.
4 | CO N T A M I N A N T - R E M OV A L F RO M WAS T EW A T E R I N A SE C O N D A R Y CL A R I F I E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Figure 4 shows the dispersed phase mass flux at the inlet and the two outlets.
Figure 4: Mass flux of the dispersed phase at the inlet (blue), peripheral outlet (green) and
central outlet (red).
Md = ρd φd ud ⋅ n dS
Computing the removal rate from the results shows that the clarifier removes
0.52 − 0.081 = 0.44 kg solid particles per second. The separation efficiency is about
84%.
5 | C O N T A M I N AN T - R E M O V A L F RO M WAS T EW A T E R I N A S E C O N D A R Y C L AR I F I E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Figure 5 shows a cut through the swept-out volume of the clarifier with streamlines for
each phase after 12 hours.
Figure 5: Volume fraction of the dispersed phase and streamlines for the dispersed (black)
and continuous (white) velocity fields.
To further examine the performance of the clarifier, you can easily modify the model
in several ways. You can, for instance, modify the geometry by adding baffles, changing
the inlet and outlet velocities, increasing the dispersed-phase volume fraction in the
incoming sludge, or changing the density and size of the dispersed particles.
6 | CO N T A M I N A N T - R E M OV A L F RO M WAS T EW A T E R I N A SE C O N D A R Y CL A R I F I E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 2D Axisymmetric.
2 In the Select physics tree, select Fluid Flow>Multiphase Flow>Mixture Model>Mixture
Model, Laminar Flow (mm).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies>Time Dependent.
6 Click Done.
GEOMETRY 1
7 | C O N T A M I N AN T - R E M O V A L F RO M WAS T EW A T E R I N A S E C O N D A R Y C L AR I F I E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Circle 1 (c1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Circle.
2 In the Settings window for Circle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Radius text field, type 0.05.
8 | CO N T A M I N A N T - R E M OV A L F RO M WAS T EW A T E R I N A SE C O N D A R Y CL A R I F I E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Square 1 (sq1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Square.
2 In the Settings window for Square, locate the Size section.
3 In the Side length text field, type 0.4.
4 Locate the Position section. From the Base list, choose Center.
5 In the r text field, type 11.4.
6 In the z text field, type -0.2.
7 Click the Build Selected button.
Difference 1 (dif1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Difference.
2 Select the object b1 only to add it to the Objects to add list.
3 In the Settings window for Difference, locate the Difference section.
4 Find the Objects to subtract subsection. Select the Active toggle button.
5 Select the objects sq1, c1, and b2 only.
9 | C O N T A M I N AN T - R E M O V A L F RO M WAS T EW A T E R I N A S E C O N D A R Y C L AR I F I E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 On the Model toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
DEFINITIONS
Add a Step function feature to use for implementing a gradual increase of the inlet and
outlet velocities from zero to their constant values.
10 | C O N T AM I N A N T - R E M O V A L F RO M WA S T EWAT E R I N A S E C O N D A R Y C L A R I F I E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Step 1 (step1)
1 On the Model toolbar, click Functions and choose Local>Step.
2 In the Settings window for Step, click to expand the Smoothing section.
3 Locate the Parameters section. In the Location text field, type 0.1.
4 Locate the Smoothing section. In the Size of transition zone text field, type 0.2.
5 Click the Plot button.
Variables 1
1 On the Model toolbar, click Variables and choose Local Variables.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
11 | C O N T A M I N AN T - R E M O V A L F RO M WAS T EW A T E R I N A S E C O N D A R Y C L AR I F I E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
M I X T U RE M O D E L , TU R B U L E N T F L OW ( M M )
On the Physics toolbar, click Mixture Model, Laminar Flow (mm) and choose Mixture
Model, Turbulent Flow (mm).
Mixture Properties 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Component 1 (comp1)>Mixture Model,
Turbulent Flow (mm) node, then click Mixture Properties 1.
2 In the Settings window for Mixture Properties, locate the Continuous Phase
Properties section.
3 From the ρc list, choose User defined. In the associated text field, type rho_c.
4 From the μc list, choose User defined. In the associated text field, type mu_c.
5 Locate the Dispersed Phase Properties section. From the ρd list, choose User defined.
In the associated text field, type rho_d.
6 In the dd text field, type d_d.
Gravity 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Gravity.
2 Select Domain 1 only.
Wall 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Wall.
2 Select Boundary 7 only.
3 In the Settings window for Wall, locate the Mixture Boundary Condition section.
4 From the Mixture boundary condition list, choose Slip.
Inlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 5 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Mixture Boundary Condition section.
12 | C O N T AM I N A N T - R E M O V A L F RO M WA S T EWAT E R I N A S E C O N D A R Y C L A R I F I E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
0 r
v_in z
Outlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Outlet.
2 Select Boundary 2 only.
3 In the Settings window for Outlet, locate the Mixture Boundary Condition section.
4 From the Mixture boundary condition list, choose Velocity.
5 Specify the u0 vector as
0 r
v_out z
Outlet 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Outlet.
2 Select Boundary 17 only.
MESH 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Mesh 1.
2 In the Settings window for Mesh, locate the Mesh Settings section.
3 From the Element size list, choose Extra fine.
4 From the Sequence type list, choose User-controlled mesh.
Size 1
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 right-click Size 1 and
choose Build Selected.
Size 2
1 Right-click Mesh 1 and choose Size.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Geometric Entity Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
4 Select Boundaries 23–25 only.
13 | C O N T A M I N AN T - R E M O V A L F RO M WAS T EW A T E R I N A S E C O N D A R Y C L AR I F I E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
5 Locate the Element Size section. From the Calibrate for list, choose Fluid dynamics.
6 From the Predefined list, choose Extremely fine.
Corner Refinement 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 right-click Corner
Refinement 1 and choose Disable.
2 Right-click Mesh 1 and choose Build All.
STUDY 1
Solution 1
BDF is the default time-dependent solver for CFD models. When solving a model with
a large number of time steps, it can sometimes be more efficient to use the
Generalized alpha solver. However, the parameters have to be adjusted to obtain a
stable setup for CFD.
14 | C O N T AM I N A N T - R E M O V A L F RO M WA S T EWAT E R I N A S E C O N D A R Y C L A R I F I E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
RESULTS
2D Plot Group 1
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click 2D Plot Group 1 and choose
Surface.
3 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1 (comp1)>Mixture
Model, Turbulent Flow>phid - Volume fraction, dispersed phase.
4 Click to expand the Range section. Select the Manual color range check box.
5 In the Minimum text field, type 0.
6 In the Maximum text field, type 0.006.
7 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
8 In the Model Builder window, right-click 2D Plot Group 1 and choose Streamline.
9 In the Settings window for Streamline, locate the Streamline Positioning section.
10 From the Positioning list, choose Uniform density.
11 In the Separating distance text field, type 0.02.
M I X T U R E M O D E L , TU R B U L E N T F L OW ( M M )
Initial Values 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mixture Model, Turbulent
Flow (mm) click Initial Values 1.
2 In the Settings window for Initial Values, locate the Initial Values section.
3 In the p text field, type -g_const*z*rho_c.
RESULTS
2D Plot Group 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results click 2D Plot Group 1.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, locate the Plot Settings section.
3 Click Go to Source.
STUDY 1
On the Model toolbar, click Compute.
15 | C O N T A M I N AN T - R E M O V A L F RO M WAS T EW A T E R I N A S E C O N D A R Y C L AR I F I E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
RESULTS
2D Plot Group 1
1 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Derived Values
Calculate the inflow and outflow rates of the dispersed phase. Start with the inflow
rate.
1 On the Results toolbar, click More Derived Values and choose Integration>Line
Integration.
2 Select Boundary 5 only.
3 In the Settings window for Line Integration, locate the Expression section.
4 In the Expression text field, type -qd_out.
The negative sign is used since qd_out is defined as the outward flux.
5 Click the Evaluate button.
The result shown in Table 1 should be close to 0.52 kg/s.
6 On the Results toolbar, click More Derived Values and choose Integration>Line
Integration.
7 Select Boundary 17 only.
8 In the Settings window for Line Integration, locate the Expression section.
9 In the Expression text field, type qd_out.
10 Right-click Results>Derived Values>Line Integration 2 and choose Evaluate>Table 1 -
Line Integration 1 (-qd_out).
The result should be close to 0.08 kg/s.
11 On the Results toolbar, click More Derived Values and choose Integration>Line
Integration.
12 Select Boundary 2 only.
13 In the Settings window for Line Integration, locate the Expression section.
14 In the Expression text field, type qd_out.
15 Right-click Results>Derived Values>Line Integration 3 and choose Evaluate>Table 1 -
Line Integration 1 (-qd_out).
TABLE
1 Go to the Table window.
2 Click Table Graph in the window toolbar.
16 | C O N T AM I N A N T - R E M O V A L F RO M WA S T EWAT E R I N A S E C O N D A R Y C L A R I F I E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
RESULTS
Data Sets
1 On the Results toolbar, click Selection.
2 In the Settings window for Selection, locate the Geometric Entity Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
4 Select Domain 1 only.
5 On the Results toolbar, click More Data Sets and choose Revolution 2D.
6 In the Settings window for Revolution 2D, locate the Revolution Layers section.
7 In the Revolution angle text field, type 270.
8 On the Results toolbar, click More Data Sets and choose Edge 2D.
9 Select Boundaries 3, 5, 8–16, and 18–22 only.
10 On the Results toolbar, click More Data Sets and choose Revolution 2D.
11 In the Settings window for Revolution 2D, locate the Data section.
12 From the Data set list, choose Edge 2D 2.
13 Locate the Revolution Layers section. In the Revolution angle text field, type 270.
14 Click the Plot button.
3D Plot Group 3
1 On the Results toolbar, click 3D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 3D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Data set list, choose Revolution 2D 3.
4 Right-click Results>3D Plot Group 3 and choose Surface.
5 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Data section.
6 From the Data set list, choose Revolution 2D 4.
7 Locate the Expression section. In the Expression text field, type 1.
8 Select the Description check box.
9 Clear the associated text field.
10 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Coloring list, choose Uniform.
11 From the Color list, choose Gray.
12 In the Model Builder window, right-click 3D Plot Group 3 and choose Volume.
13 In the Settings window for Volume, locate the Data section.
14 From the Data set list, choose Revolution 2D 3.
17 | C O N T A M I N AN T - R E M O V A L F RO M WAS T EW A T E R I N A S E C O N D A R Y C L AR I F I E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
18 | C O N T AM I N A N T - R E M O V A L F RO M WA S T EWAT E R I N A S E C O N D A R Y C L A R I F I E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
View 3D 2
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Views node, then click View 3D 2.
2 In the Settings window for View 3D, locate the View section.
3 Clear the Show grid check box.
4 Clear the Show axis orientation check box.
5 Click the Scene Light button on the Graphics toolbar.
6 On the 3D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
19 | C O N T A M I N AN T - R E M O V A L F RO M WAS T EW A T E R I N A S E C O N D A R Y C L AR I F I E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
20 | C O N T AM I N A N T - R E M O V A L F RO M WA S T EWAT E R I N A S E C O N D A R Y C L A R I F I E R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Fully developed channel flow enters at the domain from the left. When the flow
reaches the step, it detaches and a recirculation zone is formed behind the step.
Because of the expansion of the channel, the flow slows down and eventually
1 | TU R B U L E N T F L O W O V E R A B A C K W A R D F A C I N G S T E P
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Though seemingly simple, the flow field is a challenge for turbulence models that
utilize wall functions. The reason is that wall functions are derived by invoking
equilibrium assumptions. Separation and reattachment do not adhere to these
assumptions and it must therefore be asserted by numerical experiments that the wall
functions can give accurate results even if the underlying theoretical assumptions are
not strictly satisfied. The experiment is motivated by the fact that flow with separation
and subsequent reattachment are of central importance in many engineering
applications.
2 | TU R B U L E N T F L O W O V E R A B A C K W A R D F A C I N G S T E P
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Model Definition
The model data is taken from Ref. 1. The parameters are given in Table 1. The
Reynolds number based on Vinl and the step height, S, is 4.8·104 and the flow is
therefore clearly turbulent.
TABLE 1: MODEL PARAMETERS
1 Simulate flow in a long channel of the same height as the inlet to give inlet boundary
conditions for the actual geometry.
2 Simulate the flow over the backward facing step using the inlet boundary condition
from Step 1.
3 | TU R B U L E N T F L O W O V E R A B A C K W A R D F A C I N G S T E P
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Mesh Generation
It is important to apply a fine enough mesh at the separation point to accurately
capture the creation of the shear layer. It must also be remembered that both the flow
field and turbulence variables can feature strong gradients close to the walls and that
the mesh must be fine enough there to represent these gradients.
Solver Settings
The balance between the turbulence transport equations and the Navier-Stokes
equations is rather delicate. If an iteration brings the flow into a state with unphysically
large gradients, there is a considerable risk that the simulation will diverge. It is
therefore advisable to use the parametric solver to gradually increase the Reynolds
number of the flow. The most robust way is to decrease the viscosity which will be done
in this model.
4 | TU R B U L E N T F L O W O V E R A B A C K W A R D F A C I N G S T E P
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Figure 3: Contour plot of streamwise velocity equal to zero, colored by x/S where S is the
step height.
Finally, note that the recirculation length can shift quite significantly with the mesh
resolution. The current result does not shift much if the mesh is refined, but coarser
meshes can yield very different recirculation lengths. This emphasizes the need to
ensure that the mesh is fine enough.
References
1. 1st NAFEMS Workbook of CFD Examples. Laminar and Turbulent
Two-Dimensional Internal Flows, NAFEMS, 2000.
5 | TU R B U L E N T F L O W O V E R A B A C K W A R D F A C I N G S T E P
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Discretization,” Int’l J Computing Science and Mathematics, vol. 1, no. 2–4, pp.
193–206, 2007.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 2D.
2 In the Select physics tree, select Fluid Flow>Single-Phase Flow>Turbulent
Flow>Turbulent Flow, k-ε (spf).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies>Stationary.
6 Click Done.
DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 On the Model toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
6 | TU R B U L E N T F L O W O V E R A B A C K W A R D F A C I N G S T E P
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
GEOMETRY 1
Rectangle 1 (r1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type 100*L1.
4 In the Height text field, type hc/2.
5 On the Geometry toolbar, click Build All.
MATERIALS
Material 1 (mat1)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Materials and
choose Blank Material.
2 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Material Contents section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
Inlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Velocity section.
4 In the U0 text field, type Vinl.
5 Locate the Turbulence Conditions section. In the LT text field, type 0.07*hc.
7 | TU R B U L E N T F L O W O V E R A B A C K W A R D F A C I N G S T E P
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Symmetry 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Symmetry.
2 Select Boundary 3 only.
Outlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Outlet.
2 Select Boundary 4 only.
3 In the Settings window for Outlet, locate the Pressure Conditions section.
4 Select the Normal flow check box.
MESH 1
Mapped 1
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Mesh 1 and choose
Mapped.
Distribution 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 right-click Mapped
1 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Boundaries 1 and 4 only.
3 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
4 From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined distribution type.
5 From the Distribution method list, choose Geometric sequence.
6 In the Element ratio text field, type 10.
7 In the Number of elements text field, type 40.
Distribution 2
1 Right-click Mapped 1 and choose Distribution.
2 Select Boundary 2 only.
3 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
4 From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined distribution type.
5 In the Number of elements text field, type 250.
6 In the Element ratio text field, type 2.
7 Select the Reverse direction check box.
8 | TU R B U L E N T F L O W O V E R A B A C K W A R D F A C I N G S T E P
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Distribution 3
1 Right-click Mapped 1 and choose Distribution.
2 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
3 From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined distribution type.
4 Select Boundary 3 only.
5 In the Number of elements text field, type 250.
6 In the Element ratio text field, type 2.
7 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Build All.
STUDY 1
On the Model toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
Velocity (spf)
Check that the flow is fully developed by plotting μT along the centerline.
1D Plot Group 4
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 On the 1D plot group toolbar, click Line Graph.
3 Select Boundary 3 only. This is the top surface.
4 In the Settings window for Line Graph, click Replace Expression in the upper-right
corner of the y-axis data section. From the menu, choose Model>Component
1>Turbulent Flow, k-ε>spf.muT - Turbulent dynamic viscosity.
5 In the Model Builder window, right-click 1D Plot Group 4 and choose Rename.
6 In the Rename 1D Plot Group dialog box, type Turbulent viscosity in the New
label text field.
7 Click OK.
9 | TU R B U L E N T F L O W O V E R A B A C K W A R D F A C I N G S T E P
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
With the initial simulation step completed, create the backstep model.
ROOT
On the Model toolbar, click Add Component and choose 2D.
ADD PHYSICS
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Physics to open the Add Physics window.
2 Go to the Add Physics window.
3 In the Add physics tree, select Recently Used>Turbulent Flow, k-ε (spf).
4 Find the Physics interfaces in study subsection. In the table, enter the following
settings:
Studies Solve
Study 1 ×
10 | TU R B U L E N T F L O W O V E R A B A C K W A R D F A C I N G S T E P
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
6 On the Model toolbar, click Add Physics to close the Add Physics window.
ADD STUDY
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Study to open the Add Study window.
2 Go to the Add Study window.
3 Find the Studies subsection. In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies>Stationary.
4 Find the Physics interfaces in study subsection. In the table, enter the following
settings:
Physics Solve
Turbulent Flow, k-ε (spf) ×
GEOMETRY 2
Rectangle 1 (r1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
3 In the Width text field, type L1+L2.
4 In the Height text field, type hc.
5 Locate the Position section. In the x text field, type -L1.
6 In the y text field, type S.
Point 1 (pt1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Point.
2 In the Settings window for Point, locate the Point section.
3 In the x text field, type -L1.
4 In the y text field, type S+hc/2.
Union 1 (uni1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Union.
2 Select the objects r1 and pt1 only.
Rectangle 2 (r2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size section.
11 | TU R B U L E N T F L O W O V E R A B A C K W A R D F A C I N G S T E P
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Union 2 (uni2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Union.
2 Select the objects uni1 and r2 only.
DEFINITIONS
12 | TU R B U L E N T F L O W O V E R A B A C K W A R D F A C I N G S T E P
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
MATERIALS
Material 2 (mat2)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 2 (comp2) right-click Materials and
choose Blank Material.
2 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Material Contents section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
Inlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Velocity section.
4 Click the Velocity field button.
5 Specify the u0 vector as
comp1.linext1(comp1.u) x
0 y
13 | TU R B U L E N T F L O W O V E R A B A C K W A R D F A C I N G S T E P
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
6 Locate the Turbulence Conditions section. Click the Specify turbulence variables
button.
7 In the k0 text field, type comp1.linext1(comp1.k).
8 In the ε0 text field, type comp1.linext1(comp1.ep).
Inlet 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 3 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Velocity section.
4 Click the Velocity field button.
5 Specify the u0 vector as
comp1.linext2(comp1.u) x
0 y
6 Locate the Turbulence Conditions section. Click the Specify turbulence variables
button.
7 In the k0 text field, type comp1.linext2(comp1.k).
8 In the ε0 text field, type comp1.linext2(comp1.ep).
Outlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Outlet.
2 Select Boundary 7 only.
3 In the Settings window for Outlet, locate the Pressure Conditions section.
4 Select the Normal flow check box.
MESH 2
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 2 (comp2) click Mesh 2.
2 In the Settings window for Mesh, locate the Mesh Settings section.
3 From the Element size list, choose Coarse.
Size 1
1 Right-click Component 2 (comp2)>Mesh 2 and choose Edit Physics-Induced Sequence.
2 In the Model Builder window, under Component 2 (comp2)>Mesh 2 right-click Size 1
and choose Build Selected.
14 | TU R B U L E N T F L O W O V E R A B A C K W A R D F A C I N G S T E P
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Size 2
1 Right-click Mesh 2 and choose Size.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Geometric Entity Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
4 Select Boundary 9 only.
5 Locate the Element Size section. Click the Custom button.
6 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. Select the Maximum element growth rate
check box.
7 In the associated text field, type 1.03.
Size 3
1 Right-click Mesh 2 and choose Size.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Geometric Entity Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Point.
4 Locate the Element Size section. Click the Custom button.
5 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. Select the Maximum element size check
box.
6 Select Point 5 only.
7 In the associated text field, type 5e-4.
STUDY 2
Step 1: Stationary
1 In the Model Builder window, under Study 2 click Step 1: Stationary.
2 In the Settings window for Stationary, click to expand the Study extensions section.
3 Locate the Study Extensions section. Select the Auxiliary sweep check box.
15 | TU R B U L E N T F L O W O V E R A B A C K W A R D F A C I N G S T E P
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
4 Click Add.
5 In the table, enter the following settings:
6 Click to expand the Values of dependent variables section. Locate the Values of
Dependent Variables section. Select the Values of variables not solved for check box.
7 From the Method list, choose Solution.
8 From the Study list, choose Study 1, Stationary.
9 On the Model toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
Velocity (spf2)
Check that the wall lift-off is 11.06 almost everywhere by selecting the Wall Resolution
(spf2) plot group.
Velocity (spf2)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click Velocity (spf2) and choose
Streamline.
2 In the Settings window for Streamline, locate the Streamline Positioning section.
3 From the Positioning list, choose Uniform density.
4 In the Separating distance text field, type 0.007.
5 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Color list, choose White.
6 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
2D Plot Group 8
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Data set list, choose Study 2/Solution 2 (3).
4 Right-click Results>2D Plot Group 8 and choose Contour.
16 | TU R B U L E N T F L O W O V E R A B A C K W A R D F A C I N G S T E P
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
5 In the Settings window for Contour, click Replace Expression in the upper-right
corner of the Expression section. From the menu, choose Model>Component
2>Turbulent Flow, k-ε 2>Velocity field>u2 - Velocity field, x component.
6 Locate the Levels section. From the Entry method list, choose Levels.
7 Right-click Results>2D Plot Group 8>Contour 1 and choose Color Expression.
8 In the Settings window for Color Expression, locate the Expression section.
9 In the Expression text field, type x/S.
10 In the Model Builder window, right-click 2D Plot Group 8 and choose Rename.
11 In the Rename 2D Plot Group dialog box, type Recirculation length in the New
label text field.
12 Click OK.
13 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
17 | TU R B U L E N T F L O W O V E R A B A C K W A R D F A C I N G S T E P
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
18 | TU R B U L E N T F L O W O V E R A B A C K W A R D F A C I N G S T E P
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Model Definition
MODEL GEOMETRY
Figure 1 shows the model geometry which is s a schematic cross section of a tank with
a four-blade impeller. The tank has four baffles attached to the wall to enhance mixing.
The mixer blades and the impellers are approximated to be infinitely thin. The seeding
of the trace species is done at the marked point.
The circle between the impeller and the tank wall is the assembly boundary where the
mesh is allowed to slide when the impeller rotates.
1 | TU R B U L E N T M I X I N G O F A TR A C E S P E C I E S
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Seeding
point
Rotational
direction
Assembly
boundary
The Reynolds number based on the impeller radius and the impeller tip speed is
approximately 1.9·106 which means that the flow is turbulent. The Rotating
Machinery, Fluid Flow physics interface supports the k–ε turbulence model which is
applied in this model.
There are two methods to reach operating conditions. One is to accelerate the impeller
up to full speed and wait for the flow to reach a quasi steady-state. This approach is
simple, but can be time consuming. A computationally more efficient method is to first
simulate the flow using the frozen rotor approach. Frozen rotor means that the
impeller, or rotor, is frozen in position. The flow in the rotating domain is assumed to
be stationary in terms of a rotating coordinate system. The effect of the rotation is then
2 | TU R B U L E N T M I X I N G O F A TR A C E S P E C I E S
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
accounted for by Coriolis and centrifugal forces. This solution couples to the
nonrotating parts where the flow is also assumed to be stationary, but in a nonrotating
coordinate system. See Frozen Rotor in the CFD Module User’s Guide for more
information.
The seeding is modeled as a point source with normal distribution around the release
time, t = 7.0 seconds. The absolute value of the pulse is arbitrary since the trace species
does not affect the flow.
3 | TU R B U L E N T M I X I N G O F A TR A C E S P E C I E S
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Figure 2: The velocity field obtained from the frozen rotor simulation.
Figure 3 shows the velocity field at t = 30 s. The rotor position is the same as in
Figure 2, and the results in the figures are similar. There are however differences. The
most notably difference is the recirculation zones before the baffles that are smaller in
Figure 3 than in Figure 2. The size and shape of the recirculation zones will for the
time-dependent simulation of course also vary with the position of the impeller.
4 | TU R B U L E N T M I X I N G O F A TR A C E S P E C I E S
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Figure 4 shows four snapshots of the mixing process, time running from top left to
bottom right picture. Since the velocity is rather slow at the seeding point (see also
Figure 3), the initial transport is almost isotropic from the seeding point (t = 9 s).
Some trace species is however entrained in the faster velocity field in the center of the
mixer and becomes thereby spread in the azimuthal direction (t = 14.7 s). It only takes
a few seconds more for the trace species to be almost homogeneous distributed in the
mixer. The slowest spreading is to the regions in between the impeller blades. This is
5 | TU R B U L E N T M I X I N G O F A TR A C E S P E C I E S
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
a well known phenomenon and is the reason to why chemical substances are
commonly added as close to the impeller axis as possible.
Figure 4: The mixing process. Surface plots of the trace species at t = 9, 14.7, 20.4 and 26.1
seconds.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 2D.
6 | TU R B U L E N T M I X I N G O F A TR A C E S P E C I E S
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
GEOMETRY 1
Circle 1 (c1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Circle.
2 In the Settings window for Circle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Radius text field, type 0.5.
Circle 2 (c2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Circle.
2 In the Settings window for Circle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Radius text field, type 0.35.
4 Click the Build Selected button.
Difference 1 (dif1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Difference.
2 In the Settings window for Difference, locate the Difference section.
3 Select the Keep input objects check box.
4 Select the object c1 only.
5 Find the Objects to subtract subsection. Select the Active toggle button.
6 Select the object c2 only.
7 | TU R B U L E N T M I X I N G O F A TR A C E S P E C I E S
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Point 1 (pt1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Point.
2 In the Settings window for Point, locate the Point section.
3 In the x text field, type 0.3.
4 In the y text field, type 0.3.
8 | TU R B U L E N T M I X I N G O F A TR A C E S P E C I E S
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Union 1 (uni1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Union.
The Final operation will later be set to 'Form an assembly'. Union operations are
therefore necessary to merge the domains and the lines.
2 Select the objects dif1, pt1, b1, b3, b2, and b4 only.
Union 2 (uni2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Union.
2 Select the objects b6, b5, and c2 only.
The boundary between the rotating and non-rotating domain must be an assembly
boundary so that the parts can move relative to each other.
9 | TU R B U L E N T M I X I N G O F A TR A C E S P E C I E S
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
ADD MATERIAL
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Material to open the Add Material window.
2 Go to the Add Material window.
3 In the tree, select Built-In>Water, liquid.
4 Click Add to Component in the window toolbar.
5 On the Model toolbar, click Add Material to close the Add Material window.
Rotating Domain 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Rotating Domain.
2 Select Domain 2 only.
3 In the Settings window for Rotating Domain, locate the Rotating Domain section.
4 In the Revolutions per time text field, type 20[1/min].
Interior Wall 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Interior Wall.
2 Select Boundaries 1–4 only.
Flow Continuity 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, in the Boundary section, click Pairs and choose Flow
Continuity.
2 In the Settings window for Flow Continuity, locate the Pair Selection section.
3 In the Pairs list, select Identity Pair 1 (ap1).
MESH 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Mesh 1.
2 In the Settings window for Mesh, locate the Mesh Settings section.
10 | TU R B U L E N T M I X I N G O F A TR A C E S P E C I E S
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
STUDY 1
On the Model toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
Re-create Figure 2 using the following steps.
Velocity (rmspf)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click Velocity (rmspf) and choose
Streamline.
2 In the Settings window for Streamline, locate the Streamline Positioning section.
3 From the Positioning list, choose Uniform density.
4 In the Separating distance text field, type 0.02.
5 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Color list, choose White.
6 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
ADD STUDY
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Study to open the Add Study window.
2 Go to the Add Study window.
3 Find the Studies subsection. In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies>Time
Dependent.
4 Click Add Study in the window toolbar.
5 On the Model toolbar, click Add Study to close the Add Study window.
STUDY 2
1 In the Model Builder window, under Study 2 click Step 1: Time Dependent.
2 In the Settings window for Time Dependent, locate the Study Settings section.
3 In the Times text field, type 0 range(6,0.15,30).
Start from the frozen rotor solution.
11 | TU R B U L E N T M I X I N G O F A TR A C E S P E C I E S
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
4 Click to expand the Values of dependent variables section. Locate the Values of
Dependent Variables section. Select the Initial values of variables solved for check box.
5 From the Method list, choose Solution.
6 From the Study list, choose Study 1, Frozen Rotor.
7 On the Model toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
Re-create Figure 3 using the following steps.
Velocity (rmspf) 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click Velocity (rmspf) 1 and choose
Streamline.
2 In the Settings window for Streamline, locate the Streamline Positioning section.
3 From the Positioning list, choose Uniform density.
4 In the Separating distance text field, type 0.02.
5 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Color list, choose White.
6 On the 2D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
DEFINITIONS
ADD PHYSICS
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Physics to open the Add Physics window.
2 Go to the Add Physics window.
3 In the Add physics tree, select Chemical Species Transport>Transport of Diluted Species
(tds).
12 | TU R B U L E N T M I X I N G O F A TR A C E S P E C I E S
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
4 Find the Physics interfaces in study subsection. In the table, enter the following
settings:
Studies Solve
Study 1 ×
Study 2 ×
ADD STUDY
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Study to open the Add Study window.
2 Go to the Add Study window.
3 Find the Studies subsection. In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies>Time
Dependent.
4 Find the Physics interfaces in study subsection. In the table, enter the following
settings:
Physics Solve
Rotating Machinery, Turbulent Flow, k-ε (rmspf) ×
TR A N S P O R T O F D I L U T E D S P E C I E S ( T D S )
On the Physics toolbar, click Rotating Machinery, Turbulent Flow, k-ε (rmspf) and choose
Transport of Diluted Species (tds).
Turbulent Mixing 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Attributes and choose Turbulent Mixing.
2 In the Settings window for Turbulent Mixing, locate the Turbulent Mixing section.
3 From the νT list, choose Turbulent kinematic viscosity (rmspf/fp1).
4 In the ScT text field, type 1.
Transport Properties 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Transport of Diluted
Species (tds) click Transport Properties 1.
2 In the Settings window for Transport Properties, locate the Model Inputs section.
13 | TU R B U L E N T M I X I N G O F A TR A C E S P E C I E S
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Continuity 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, in the Boundary section, click Pairs and choose Continuity.
2 In the Settings window for Continuity, locate the Pair Selection section.
3 In the Pairs list, select Identity Pair 1 (ap1).
STUDY 3
RESULTS
Concentration (tds)
The following steps creates an animation that contains the plots in Figure 4.
14 | TU R B U L E N T M I X I N G O F A TR A C E S P E C I E S
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Plot the data set edges on the spatial frame to make them follow the rotation.
1 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, locate the Plot Settings section.
2 From the Frame list, choose Spatial (x, y, z).
3 In the Model Builder window, expand the Concentration (tds) node, then click Surface
1.1.
4 In the Settings window for Surface, click to expand the Range section.
5 Select the Manual color range check box.
6 In the Minimum text field, type 0.
7 In the Maximum text field, type 1.
Export
1 On the Results toolbar, click Player.
2 In the Settings window for Player, locate the Scene section.
3 From the Subject list, choose Concentration (tds).
Set the frames to be displayed for as long as the time between the saved solutions.
4 Locate the Playing section. In the Display each frame for text field, type 0.15.
5 Locate the Frames section. From the Frame selection list, choose All.
6 Click the Generate Frame button.
7 Right-click Results>Export>Player 1 and choose Play.
15 | TU R B U L E N T M I X I N G O F A TR A C E S P E C I E S
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
16 | TU R B U L E N T M I X I N G O F A TR A C E S P E C I E S
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
In analyzing an ozone purification reactor, the first step is to get an overview of the
turbulent flow field. The results from the turbulent-flow simulation can then be used
for further analyses of residence time and chemical species transport and reactions by
adding more physics to the model. The current model solves for turbulent flow in a
water treatment reactor using the Turbulent Flow, k-ε physics interface.
Model Definition
MODEL GEOMETRY
The model geometry along with some boundary conditions are shown in Figure 1.
The full reactor has a symmetry plane which is utilized to reduce the size of the model.
1 | WA T E R P U R I F I C A T I O N R E A C T O R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Figure 1: Model geometry. All boundaries except the inlet, outlet, and symmetry plane are
walls.
Here ν is the kinematic viscosity. The high Reynolds number clearly indicates that the
flow will be turbulent. This means that the flow must be modeled using a turbulence
model. In this case, you will use the k-ε turbulence model, which is often used in
industrial applications, much because it is both relatively robust and computationally
inexpensive compared to more advanced turbulence models. One major reason to why
the k-ε model is inexpensive is that it makes use of wall functions to describe the flow
close to walls instead of resolving the very steep gradients there. All boundaries in
Figure 1, except the inlet, the outlet, and the symmetry plane, are walls.
The inlet velocity is prescribed as a plug flow profile. The turbulent intensity is set to
5% and the turbulent length scale is specified according to Table 3-5 in the section
2 | WAT E R P U R I F I C AT I O N R E A C T O R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Theory for the Turbulent Flow Interfaces in the CFD Module User’s Guide. A
constant pressure is prescribed on the outlet.
3 | WA T E R P U R I F I C A T I O N R E A C T O R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Figure 3 gives a more complete picture of the mixing process in the reactor. The
streamlines are colored by the velocity magnitude, and their width are proportional to
the turbulent viscosity. Wide lines hence indicate high degree of mixing. The
turbulence in this model is mainly produced in the shear layers between the central jet
and the recirculation zones. The mixing can be seen to be relatively weak in the
beginning of the reactor. The plot also shows that it increases further downstream.
Figure 3: Streamlines colored by velocity. The width of the streamlines are proportional to
the turbulent viscosity.
Reference
1. http://www.comsol.com/stories/hofman_water_purification/full/
4 | WAT E R P U R I F I C AT I O N R E A C T O R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
1 In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 3D.
2 In the Select physics tree, select Fluid Flow>Single-Phase Flow>Turbulent
Flow>Turbulent Flow, k-ε (spf).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select study tree, select Preset Studies>Stationary.
6 Click Done.
DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 On the Model toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
GEOMETRY 1
You can build the backstep geometry from geometric primitives. Here, instead, use a
file containing the sequence of geometry features that has been provided for
convenience.
5 | WA T E R P U R I F I C A T I O N R E A C T O R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
ADD MATERIAL
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Material to open the Add Material window.
2 Go to the Add Material window.
3 In the tree, select Built-In>Water, liquid.
4 Click Add to Component in the window toolbar.
5 On the Model toolbar, click Add Material to close the Add Material window.
Inlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Turbulence Conditions section.
4 In the LT text field, type 0.07*0.2[m].
5 Locate the Velocity section. In the U0 text field, type u_in.
Symmetry 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Symmetry.
2 Select Boundary 3 only.
Outlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Outlet.
2 Select Boundary 28 only.
MESH 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Mesh 1.
2 In the Settings window for Mesh, locate the Mesh Settings section.
3 From the Element size list, choose Coarser.
Size 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 and choose Edit Physics-Induced Sequence.
2 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 right-click Size 1
and choose Disable.
6 | WAT E R P U R I F I C AT I O N R E A C T O R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
2 In the Settings window for Boundary Layer Properties, locate the Boundary Layer
Properties section.
3 In the Number of boundary layers text field, type 2.
4 In the Thickness adjustment factor text field, type 6.
5 In the Model Builder window, collapse the Mesh 1 node.
6 Click the Build All button.
7 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Next, solve for the flow field. This takes approximately 15 minutes on a quad-core
desktop computer.
STUDY 1
On the Model toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
Velocity (spf)
The following steps reproduce Figure 2.
7 | WA T E R P U R I F I C A T I O N R E A C T O R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
Data Sets
1 On the Results toolbar, click More Data Sets and choose Surface.
2 Select Boundaries 1, 3, and 28 only.
Velocity (spf)
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Velocity (spf) node.
2 Right-click Slice 1 and choose Disable.
3 In the Model Builder window, click Velocity (spf).
4 In the Settings window for 3D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
5 From the Data set list, choose Surface 3.
6 Right-click Velocity (spf) and choose Surface.
7 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Data section.
8 From the Data set list, choose Surface : exteriorWall.
9 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Coloring list, choose Uniform.
10 From the Color list, choose Gray.
11 Right-click Velocity (spf) and choose Surface.
12 Right-click Velocity (spf) and choose Arrow Surface.
13 In the Settings window for Arrow Surface, locate the Coloring and Style section.
14 From the Arrow length list, choose Logarithmic.
15 Select the Scale factor check box.
16 In the associated text field, type 1.4.
17 In the Number of arrows text field, type 300.
18 From the Color list, choose White.
RESULTS
Velocity (spf)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results click Velocity (spf).
2 In the Settings window for 3D Plot Group, click to expand the Title section.
3 From the Title type list, choose Manual.
4 In the Title text area, type Velocity field.
5 On the 3D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
8 | WAT E R P U R I F I C AT I O N R E A C T O R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results>Velocity (spf) right-click Surface 1 and
choose Copy.
3D Plot Group 4
1 On the Model toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 3D Plot Group.
2 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click 3D Plot Group 4 and choose
Paste Surface.
3 Right-click 3D Plot Group 4 and choose Streamline.
4 Select Boundary 1 only.
5 In the Settings window for Streamline, locate the Streamline Positioning section.
6 In the Number text field, type 45.
7 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Line type list, choose Ribbon.
8 In the Width expression text field, type spf.nuT*1[s/m].
9 Select the Width scale factor check box.
10 In the associated text field, type 100.
11 Right-click Results>3D Plot Group 4>Streamline 1 and choose Color Expression.
12 In the Settings window for Color Expression, click to expand the Range section.
13 Select the Manual color range check box.
14 In the Minimum text field, type 0.
15 In the Maximum text field, type 0.1.
16 In the Model Builder window, click 3D Plot Group 4.
17 In the Settings window for 3D Plot Group, locate the Title section.
18 From the Title type list, choose Manual.
19 In the Title text area, type Streamlines colored by velocity. Width
proportional to turbulent viscosity..
20 On the 3D plot group toolbar, click Plot.
9 | WA T E R P U R I F I C A T I O N R E A C T O R
Solved with COMSOL Multiphysics 5.0
10 | WA T E R P UR I F I CA T I O N R E AC T O R